1\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo -*- coding: us-ascii -*-
2@c %**start of header
3@setfilename wl.info
4@settitle Wanderlust -- Yet Another Message Interface On Emacsen --
5@c %**end of header
6@documentlanguage en
7@include version.texi
8@synindex pg cp
9@finalout
10
11@dircategory GNU Emacs Lisp
12@direntry
13* Wanderlust: (wl).         Yet Another Message Interface On Emacsen
14@end direntry
15
16@c permissions text appears in an Info file before the first node.
17@ifinfo
18This file documents Wanderlust, Yet another message interface on
19Emacsen.
20
21Copyright @copyright{} 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 @w{Yuuichi Teranishi},
22@w{Fujikazu Okunishi}, @w{Masahiro Murata}, @w{Kenichi Okada},
23@w{Kaoru Takahashi}, @w{Bun Mizuhara} and @w{Masayuki Osada},
24@w{Katsumi Yamaoka}, @w{Hiroya Murata} and @w{Yoichi Nakayama}.
25
26This edition is for Wanderlust version @value{VERSION}.
27
28Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
29manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
30preserved on all copies.
31
32@ignore
33Permission is granted to process this file through TeX and print the
34results, provided the printed document carries copying permission notice
35identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph (this
36paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
37
38@end ignore
39Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
40manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the
41entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
42permission notice identical to this one.
43
44Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
45into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions.
46
47@end ifinfo
48
49@titlepage
50@sp 10
51@title Wanderlust User's Manual
52@subtitle Yet another message interface on Emacsen
53@subtitle for Wanderlust version @value{VERSION}
54@author Yuuichi Teranishi
55@author Fujikazu Okunishi
56@author Masahiro Murata
57@author Kenichi Okada
58@author Kaoru Takahashi
59@author Bun Mizuhara
60@author Masayuki Osada
61@author Katsumi Yamaoka
62@author Hiroya Murata
63@author Yoichi Nakayama
64@page
65
66@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
67Copyright @copyright{} 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 @w{Yuuichi Teranishi},
68@w{Fujikazu Okunishi}, @w{Masahiro Murata}, @w{Kenichi Okada},
69@w{Kaoru Takahashi}, @w{Bun Mizuhara}, @w{Masayuki Osada},
70@w{Katsumi Yamaoka}, @w{Hiroya Murata} and @w{Yoichi Nakayama}.
71
72This manual is for Wanderlust version @value{VERSION}.
73
74Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
75manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
76preserved on all copies.
77
78Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
79manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the
80entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
81permission notice identical to this one.
82
83Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
84into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions.
85
86@end titlepage
87
88
89@ifinfo
90@node Top, Introduction, (dir), (dir)
91@top Wanderlust User's Manual
92
93@flushright
94Yuuichi Teranishi
95Fujikazu Okunishi
96Masahiro Murata
97Kenichi Okada
98Kaoru Takahashi
99Bun Mizuhara
100Masayuki Osada
101Katsumi Yamaoka
102Hiroya Murata
103Yoichi Nakayama
104@end flushright
105
106This manual is for Wanderlust @value{VERSION}.
107
108@end ifinfo
109
110@menu
111* Introduction::             Read this first
112* Start Me Up::              Invoking Wanderlust
113* Folders::                  How to specify folders
114* Folder::                   Selecting and editing folders
115* Summary::                  Reading and refiling messages
116* Message::                  Saving and playing MIME multipart entities
117* Draft::                    Draft buffer, sending mail and news
118* Disconnected Operations::  Off-Line management
119* Expire and Archive::       Automatic expiration and archiving of messages
120* Scoring::                  Score of the messages
121* Address Book::             Management of Address Book
122* Quick Search::             Quickly search your mail archive
123* Spam Filter::              Spam filtering
124* Advanced Issues::          Advanced Issues
125* Migration::                Switch from older version of Wanderlust
126* Terminology::              Terminologies
127* Mailing List::             Wanderlust mailing list
128* Addition::                 Additional Information
129* Index::                    Key index
130@end menu
131
132
133@node Introduction, Start Me Up, Top, Top
134@chapter Introduction of Wanderlust
135@cindex Introduction
136
137Wanderlust is an mail/news management system on Emacsen.
138It supports IMAP4rev1(RFC2060), NNTP, POP and local message files.
139
140The main features of Wanderlust:
141
142@itemize @minus
143@item Pure elisp implementation.
144@item Supports IMAP4rev1, NNTP, POP(POP3/APOP), MH and Maildir format.
145@item Unified access method to messages based on Mew-like Folder Specification.
146@item Mew-like Key-bind and mark handling.
147@item Manages unread messages.
148@item Interactive thread display.
149@item Folder Mode shows the list of subscribed folders.
150@item Message Cache, Disconnected Operation.
151@item MH-like FCC. (Fcc: %Backup and Fcc: $Backup is allowed).
152@item MIME compliant (by SEMI).
153@item Transmission of news and mail are unified by Message transmitting draft.
154@item Graphical list of folders.
155@item View a part of message without retrieving the whole message (IMAP4).
156@item Server-side message look up (IMAP4). Multi-byte characters are allowed.
157@item Virtual Folders.
158@item Supports compressed folder using common archiving utilities.
159@item Old articles in folders are automatically removed/archived (Expiration).
160@item Automatic re-file.
161@item Template function makes it convenient to send fixed form messages.
162@end itemize
163
164
165@section Environment
166
167We confirm Wanderlust works on following Emacsen:
168
169@itemize @bullet
170@item Emacs 24.5 or later
171@end itemize
172
173IMAP4 connectivity with following imapd are confirmed to work with
174Wanderlust:
175
176@itemize @bullet
177@item UW imapd 4.1--4.7, 4.7a, 4.7b, 4.7c, 2000 or later
178@item Cyrus imapd 1.4, 1.5.19, 1.6.22--1.6.24, 2.0.5 or later
179@item Courier-IMAP 1.3.2 or later
180@item AIR MAIL (AIRC imapd release 2.00)
181@item Express Mail
182@item Microsoft Exchange Server 5.5
183@item Sun Internet Mail Server 3.5, 3.5.alpha, 4.0
184@end itemize
185
186LDAP connectivity with following LDAPd are confirmed to work with
187Wanderlust:
188
189@itemize @bullet
190@item OpenLDAP 2.0.6 or later
191@end itemize
192
193
194@node Start Me Up, Folders, Introduction, Top
195@chapter Start up Wanderlust
196@cindex Start up
197
198The necessary procedure for starting Wanderlust is explained in steps
199here.
200
201(Of course, you need a mail/news readable environment in advance)
202
203@menu
204* MIME Modules::      Installing the MIME modules
205* Download::          Download and extract the packages
206* Install::           Byte-compile and install
207* Minimal Settings::  @file{.emacs} setup
208* Folder Definition:: Folder definition
209* Start Wanderlust::  Starting Wanderlust
210* Overview::          Basic components of Wanderlust
211@end menu
212
213
214@node MIME Modules, Download, Start Me Up, Start Me Up
215@section Installing MIME modules
216@cindex MIME modules
217@pindex APEL
218@pindex FLIM
219@pindex SEMI
220
221You must install packages named APEL-LB, FLIM-LB and SEMI-EPG, which are
222variants of APEL, FLIM and SEMI, beforehand to use Wanderlust.
223
224@example
225@group
226APEL-LB:  @uref{https://github.com/wanderlust/apel}
227FLIM-LB:  @uref{https://github.com/wanderlust/flim}
228SEMI-EPG: @uref{https://github.com/wanderlust/semi}
229@end group
230@end example
231
232You can download original APEL, FLIM and SEMI from following URLs:
233
234@example
235@group
236APEL:   @uref{http://git.chise.org/elisp/dist/semi/}
237FLIM:   @uref{http://git.chise.org/elisp/dist/apel/}
238SEMI:   @uref{http://git.chise.org/elisp/dist/semi/}
239@end group
240@end example
241
242You have to install APEL-LB, FLIM-LB and SEMI-EPG in this order.
243Generally, @samp{make install} will do the job.
244
245Refer to the documents of each package for detailed installation
246procedure.
247
248You have to re-install Wanderlust if you upgraded APEL-LB, FLIM-LB or
249SEMI-EPG.
250
251
252@node Download, Install, MIME Modules, Start Me Up
253@section Download and Extract the Package
254@cindex Download
255
256You can download Wanderlust package from following sites:
257
258Original site:
259@example
260@uref{https://github.com/wanderlust/wanderlust}
261@end example
262
263Mirrored ftp/http sites:
264
265@example
266@group
267@uref{http://www.jpl.org/ftp/pub/github-snapshots/}
268@end group
269@end example
270
271Extract the obtained package to your working directory:
272
273@example
274@group
275% cd ~/work
276% tar zxvf wl-@var{version}.tar.gz
277% cd wl-@var{version}
278@end group
279@end example
280
281@subsection To use SSL (Secure Socket Layer)
282@cindex SSL
283@pindex OpenSSL
284@pindex starttls
285
286SSL (Secure Socket Layer) can be used for
287SMTP, IMAP, NNTP and POP connections in Wanderlust.
288Emacs 24 and later uses built-in GnuTLS if available.
289
290There are two ways to use SSL. One is to start SSL negotiation just
291after the connection establishment (generic way). The other one is to
292start SSL negotiation by invoking STARTTLS command in the each session.
293
294If built-in GnuTLS is not available, Emacs try to use @file{tls.el} for
295the formal SSL (generic SSL). In this case, GnuTLS's
296@command{gnutls-cli} is needed. if neither avialable, @file{ssl.el} of
297@file{utils} directory and OpenSSL's @command{openssl}.
298
299For the latter SSL (STARTTLS), you need @file{starttls.el} if built-in
300GnuTLS is not available. Moreover, GnuTLS or starttls package is needed
301according to @code{starttls-use-gnutls} variable's value. If your Emacs
302doesn't have @file{starttls.el} or @file{starttls.el} doesn't have the
303defninition of @code{starttls-use-gnutls}, you need starttls package.
304
305You can download starttls package from the following site.
306
307@example
308@uref{ftp://opaopa.org/pub/elisp/}
309@end example
310
311@node Install, Minimal Settings, Download, Start Me Up
312@section Byte-compile and install
313@cindex Byte-compile
314@cindex Compile
315@cindex Install
316@cindex Makefile
317@cindex Make
318
319@subsection Installation
320
321Edit @code{LISPDIR} and @code{EMACS} in @file{Makefile}.
322Set the Emacs's command name to @code{EMACS}.
323Set package installation directory to @code{LISPDIR}.
324Then, please execute following commands.
325
326@example
327@group
328% make
329% make install
330@end group
331@end example
332
333Destination directory is auto-probed if you leave @code{LISPDIR}
334in @file{Makefile} as is. (That is, leave it as @samp{NONE})
335
336If you want to handle shimbun folders, add directory where emacs-w3m is
337installed to @code{load-path}. Then necessary modules will be
338byte-compiled and installed.
339@xref{Shimbun Folder}.
340
341@subsection @file{WL-CFG}
342
343Contents of the file @file{WL-CFG} is loaded under installation if a file
344with that name exists in extracted directory. You can use @file{WL-CFG} to
345configure @code{load-path} to extra packages such as SEMI if needed.
346
347If you want to specify the install directory of Wanderlust related
348files, then set following variables in @file{WL-CFG}
349
350@table @code
351@item WL_PREFIX
352A directory to install WL modules.
353This directory is relative directory from @code{LISPDIR}.
354WL modules include @file{wl*.el}, @file{wl*.elc} files.
355@c  Modules under the directory @file{util/} are also installed if
356@c it detected as necessary.
357
358@item ELMO_PREFIX
359A directory to install ELMO modules.
360This directory is relative directory from @code{LISPDIR}.
361ELMO modules include @file{elmo*.el}, @file{elmo*.elc} files.
362@c  @file{utf7.el}, @file{utf7.elc} are also included in the ELMO.
363@end table
364
365@noindent
366Default value of @code{WL_PREFIX} and @code{ELMO_PREFIX} are @file{wl}.
367
368If you want to install ELMO related files under a sub-directory
369such as "elmo" then add following to @file{WL-CFG}:
370
371@lisp
372(setq ELMO_PREFIX "elmo")
373@end lisp
374
375@subsection Run in place
376
377If wl and elmo directories are defined in @code{load-path}, then
378byte-compilation and installation are not necessary to start Wanderlust.
379For example, if package is extracted in @file{~/work}, Wanderlust can be
380invoked with following setting in @file{~/.emacs}.
381
382@lisp
383@group
384(add-to-list 'load-path "~/work/wl-@var{version}/wl")
385(add-to-list 'load-path "~/work/wl-@var{version}/elmo")
386@end group
387@end lisp
388
389@subsection Manual
390
391Manual is described in Info format. Please do following.
392
393@example
394@group
395% make info
396% make install-info
397@end group
398@end example
399
400Manual directory is automatically detected. Of course, it can be
401configured by @code{INFODIR} in @file{Makefile}.
402
403You can read manual at the following URL:
404
405@example
406@uref{http://wanderlust.github.io/wl-docs/wl.html}
407@end example
408
409@node Minimal Settings, Folder Definition, Install, Start Me Up
410@section Set up .emacs
411@cindex Minimal Settings
412@cindex Settings
413@cindex Configuration
414@cindex .emacs
415@cindex .wl
416
417The Wanderlust package contains two module groups.
418
419@table @samp
420@item ELMO (elmo-*.el)
421These modules show everything as folders. This is the back-end for WL.
422@item WL (wl-*.el)
423These modules controls the behavior of main body of Wanderlust.
424They are also the front-end for ELMO.
425@end table
426
427You can customize the  behavior of Wanderlust by changing the value
428of environmental variables which begins with @code{elmo-} and @code{wl-}.
429
430The minimal requirement for settings is as the following.
431
432@lisp
433@group
434;; @r{autoload configuration}
435(autoload 'wl "wl" "Wanderlust" t)
436(autoload 'wl-other-frame "wl" "Wanderlust on new frame." t)
437(autoload 'wl-draft "wl-draft" "Write draft with Wanderlust." t)
438
439;; @r{Directory where icons are placed.}
440;; @r{Default: the peculiar value to the running version of Emacs.}
441;; @r{(Not required if the default value points properly)}
442(setq wl-icon-directory "~/work/wl/etc")
443
444;; @r{SMTP server for mail posting. Default: @code{nil}}
445(setq wl-smtp-posting-server "your.smtp.example.com")
446;; @r{NNTP server for news posting. Default: @code{nil}}
447(setq wl-nntp-posting-server "your.nntp.example.com")
448@end group
449@end lisp
450
451@file{~/.wl} is automatically loaded when Wanderlust starts up (if such a
452file exists). So it is convenient to gather Wanderlust specific settings
453in @file{~/.wl}. Settings for "face" must be written in @file{~/.wl},
454because you can't write them in @file{.emacs}
455(if you write it to @file{.emacs}, you'll get an error).
456@xref{Highlights}.
457
458All above described settings except autoload configuration can be written
459in @file{~/.wl}).
460
461@subsection @code{mail-user-agent}
462@cindex Default Mailer
463@cindex Mailer, Default
464@vindex mail-user-agent
465@findex compose-mail
466
467If you write following setting in your @file{~/.emacs}, you can
468start Wanderlust draft mode by typing @kbd{C-x m} (@code{compose-mail}).
469This means it enables you to run Wanderlust as a default mail composer
470 of Emacsen.
471
472It is effective only when your Emacs can define @code{mail-user-agent}.
473@xref{Mail Methods, , Mail-Composition Methods, emacs, GNU Emacs Manual}.
474
475@lisp
476@group
477(autoload 'wl-user-agent-compose "wl-draft" nil t)
478(if (boundp 'mail-user-agent)
479    (setq mail-user-agent 'wl-user-agent))
480(if (fboundp 'define-mail-user-agent)
481    (define-mail-user-agent
482      'wl-user-agent
483      'wl-user-agent-compose
484      'wl-draft-send
485      'wl-draft-kill
486      'mail-send-hook))
487@end group
488@end lisp
489
490
491
492@node Folder Definition, Start Wanderlust, Minimal Settings, Start Me Up
493@section Folder Definition
494@cindex Folder Definition
495@cindex .folders
496
497You can skip this section because it is possible to add/edit the
498subscribe folders from the buffer for list of folders.
499@xref{Folder Manager}.
500
501Define the folders you want to subscribe in file @file{~/.folders}.  The
502contents written in @file{~/.folders} become the folders which you
503subscribe to as it is.
504
505Format for @file{~/.folders} is very simple. Here is an example:
506
507@example
508@group
509#
510# @r{Lines begin with @samp{#} are comment.}
511# @r{Empty lines are ignored}
512#
513# @var{folder name}  "@var{folder nickname}"
514# @r{(nicknames are not necessary)}
515#
516%inbox  "Inbox"
517+trash  "Trash"
518+draft  "Drafts"
519%#mh/Backup@@my.imap.example.com "Sent"
520# Folder Group
521Emacsen@{
522    %#mh/spool/wl            "Wanderlust ML"
523    %#mh/spool/elips         "ELIPS ML"
524    %#mh/spool/apel-ja       "APEL Japanese ML"
525    %#mh/spool/xemacs-beta   "XEmacs beta"
526    -fj.news.reader.gnus@@other.nntp.example.com "Gnus Net news"
527    *-fj.editor.xemacs,-fj.editor.mule,-fj.editor.emacs "fj's Emacsen"
528@}
529#
530# @r{If folder name ends with @samp{/}, that means an `access group',}
531# @r{all subfolders automatically included in one folder group.}
532#
533%#mh/expire@@localhost /
534# @r{All MH folders are included in one folder group.}
535+ /
536@end group
537@end example
538
539Each line contains one folder you want to read. The definition of
540folders will be explained in detail in the next section.
541
542The part surrounded by @samp{@var{group name}@{} and @samp{@}} will
543become one folder group.  One folder group is treated as a directory
544which can be opened and closed in folder mode. It is convenient for
545collecting some folders and putting them in order.
546
547Please note that @samp{@var{group name}@{} and @samp{@}} occupies one
548line and you have to write it that way (It is because the parser sucks).
549
550There are two types of groups. One is like @samp{Emacsen} from above
551example which the user chooses his favorite folders as a group.
552
553The other one is @dfn{access group} like @samp{+ /} from above example.
554It collects all sub-folders in the folder to make a group.  (Its
555behavior differs by the type of the folder. For example, @samp{+}
556followed by @samp{/} makes entire MH sub-directories to one group)
557
558This behavior is better understood if you try it and confirmed the
559function first. You can write and try a small folder definition, so you
560will know the idea of the folder function before writing the real one.
561
562@node Start Wanderlust, Overview, Folder Definition, Start Me Up
563@section Start Wanderlust
564@cindex Start Wanderlust
565
566If installation and configuration worked well, you can invoke Wanderlust by
567typing following command in Emacs.
568
569@example
570M-x wl
571@end example
572
573@noindent
574After initialization, Folder Mode which shows the list of folders will
575appear. That means the folders you defined in the @file{~/.folders} are
576listed.
577
578If you start Wanderlust with prefix argument like @kbd{C-u M-x wl}, you
579can skip folder checking.
580
581
582@node Overview,  , Start Wanderlust, Start Me Up
583@section Overview
584@cindex Overview
585
586Basically, you will handle messages in wanderlust while you come and go
587from/to each of the following buffers.  Details of each ones are
588explained in following chapters.
589
590@table @samp
591@item Folder Buffer
592You can see the list of folders. You can select some folder and go into the summary
593of it. You can subscribe new folder or edit subscription list.
594@item Summary Buffer
595You can see the list of messages in the folder. You can select message
596and view its contents, and reply to some message. You can delete ones or
597move ones to another folder.
598@item Message Buffer
599You can see the contents of the message. You can save part to disk or
600open in external programs.
601@item Draft Buffer
602You can edit message.
603@end table
604
605
606@node Folders, Folder, Start Me Up, Top
607@chapter Wanderlust's folders
608@cindex Folder Type
609
610This chapter describes the folder types which Wanderlust is able to handle.
611
612Wanderlust uses ELMO as it's interface, so you can use every folder types
613supported by ELMO.
614
615As of version @value{VERSION}, 15 types of folders are predefined. These
616are IMAP, NNTP, LocalDir(MH), Maildir, News Spool, Archive, POP,
617Shimbun, Search, Multi, Filter, Pipe, File, Access and Internal folder
618types.
619
620@menu
621* IMAP Folder::                 @samp{%} -- IMAP folder
622* NNTP Folder::                 @samp{-} -- NNTP folder
623* MH Folder::                   @samp{+} -- MH folder
624* Maildir Folder::              @samp{.} -- Maildir folder
625* News Spool Folder::           @samp{=} -- News spool folder
626* Archive Folder::              @samp{$} -- Archive folder
627* POP Folder::                  @samp{&} -- POP folder
628* Shimbun Folder::              @samp{@@} -- Shimbun Folder
629* RSS Folder::                  @samp{rss} -- RSS folder
630* Search Folder::               @samp{[} -- Search Folder
631* Multi Folder::                @samp{*} -- Multi folder
632* Filter Folder::               @samp{/} -- Filter folder
633* Pipe Folder::                 @samp{|} -- Pipe folder
634* Internal Folder::             @samp{'} -- Internal folder
635* File Folder::                          -- File folder
636* Access Folder::                        -- Access folder
637@end menu
638
639
640@node IMAP Folder, NNTP Folder, Folders, Folders
641@section IMAP Folder
642@cindex @samp{%}
643@cindex IMAP Folder
644@cindex Folder, IMAP
645@cindex RFC 2060
646@cindex IMAP4rev1
647
648A folder to access e-mails via IMAP4rev1 protocol (RFC 2060).
649
650Format:
651
652@example
653@group
654@samp{%} @var{mailbox} [@samp{:} @var{username} [@samp{/} @var{authenticate-type}]][@samp{@@} @var{hostname}][@samp{:} @var{port}][@samp{!}]
655@end group
656@end example
657
658You can specify @code{login} (encoded password transmission),
659@code{cram-md5} (CRAM-MD5 authentication), @code{digest-md5} (DIGEST-MD5
660authentication) or @code{clear} (or @code{nil}, plain password
661transmission) as @var{authenticate-type}.
662
663default:
664
665@example
666@var{username}  -> The value of @code{elmo-imap4-default-user}.
667             Initial setting is @env{USER} environment variable or
668             @env{LOGNAME} environment variable or return value of
669             @code{(user-login-name)}.
670@var{authenticate-type} -> The value of @code{elmo-imap4-default-authenticate-type}.
671             Initial setting is "auth".
672@var{hostname}  -> The value of @code{elmo-imap4-default-server}.
673             Initial setting is "localhost".
674@var{port} -> The value of @code{elmo-imap4-default-port}.
675             Initial setting is 143.
676@end example
677
678You can omit the @var{hostname} from folder names if you set
679@code{elmo-imap4-default-server} as your main IMAP server.
680For example, you can specify a folder as @samp{foo%imap@@gateway} even
681if you have to go through a firewall.
682
683@lisp
684@group
685;; @r{Example: imap4.exaple.org as main IMAP server}
686(setq elmo-imap4-default-server "imap4.example.org")
687@end group
688@end lisp
689
690SSL (Secure Socket Layer) connection will be used if a folder name ends
691with @samp{!}.  If a folder name ends with @samp{!!}, STARTTLS
692connection will be established.
693
694If the value of @code{elmo-imap4-default-stream-type} is @code{ssl},
695SSL will be the default connection, i.e. you can omit @samp{!}.  If it
696is is @code{starttls}, STARTTLS will be the default connection.  To use
697normal connection in these cases, add @samp{!direct} at the end of
698folder name.
699
700@lisp
701@group
702;; @r{Example: Use SSL connection}
703(setq elmo-imap4-default-stream-type 'ssl)
704@end group
705@end lisp
706
707If you specify @code{login}, @code{cram-md5} or @code{digest-md5} as
708authentication method, the password is sent in encoded form. But, if
709your server is unable to receive an encoded password, authentication
710will fall back to @code{clear} (that is, sending password in raw format)
711after confirmation to user. If @code{elmo-imap4-force-login} is non-nil,
712authentication will fall back to @code{clear} without confirmation
713(default value is @code{nil}).
714
715@lisp
716@group
717;; @r{Example: password in raw format}
718(setq elmo-imap4-default-authenticate-type 'clear)
719@end group
720@end lisp
721
722Example:
723
724@example
725@group
726%inbox     -> IMAP mailbox "inbox"
727%#mh/inbox -> IMAP mailbox "#mh/inbox"
728
729%inbox:hoge -> IMAP mailbox "inbox" of user "hoge".
730%inbox:hoge/clear@@server1
731            -> server1's IMAP mailbox "inbox"
732               of user "hoge", with plain password authentication
733               ('clear).
734@end group
735@end example
736
737@subsection International mailbox names (Modified UTF7)
738@cindex Modified UTF7
739@cindex UTF7
740@cindex UTF8
741@cindex Unicode
742
743You can use international mailbox names in @var{mailbox} part, if
744@code{elmo-imap4-use-modified-utf7} is set to non-nil value (default
745value is @code{t}).
746
747
748@node NNTP Folder, MH Folder, IMAP Folder, Folders
749@section NNTP Folder
750@cindex @samp{-}
751@cindex NNTP Folder
752@cindex Folder, NNTP
753@cindex Folder, News
754@cindex NetNews
755@cindex News
756@cindex Newsgroup
757@cindex RFC 977
758
759A folder to access USENET news via NNTP protocol (RFC 977).
760One newsgroup is treated as a folder.
761
762Format:
763
764@example
765@group
766@samp{-} @var{newsgroup} [@samp{:} @var{username}][@samp{@@} @var{hostname}][@samp{:} @var{port}][@samp{!}]
767@end group
768@end example
769
770default:
771@example
772@var{hostname}  -> The value of @code{elmo-nntp-default-server}.
773             Initial setting is @samp{localhost}.
774@var{username}  -> The value of @code{elmo-nntp-default-user}.
775             Initial setting is @code{nil}.
776@var{port}      -> The value of @code{elmo-nntp-default-port}.
777             Initial setting is 119.
778@end example
779
780AUTHINFO is used as authentication method if the @var{username} is
781non-nil.  SSL connection will be used if a folder name ends with @samp{!}.
782If a folder name ends with @samp{!!}, STARTTLS connection will be
783established.
784
785If the value of @code{elmo-nntp-default-stream-type} is @code{ssl},
786SSL will be the default connection, i.e. you can omit @samp{!}.  If it
787is is @code{starttls}, STARTTLS will be the default connection.  To use
788normal connection in these cases, add @samp{!direct} at the end of
789folder name.
790
791Example:
792
793@example
794@group
795-fj.rec.tv            -> Newsgroup @samp{fj.rec.tv}.
796-fj.rec.tv@@newsserver -> Newsgroup @samp{fj.rec.tv} on @samp{newsserver}.
797@end group
798@end example
799
800
801@node MH Folder, Maildir Folder, NNTP Folder, Folders
802@section MH Folder
803@cindex @samp{+}
804@cindex MH Folder
805@cindex Folder, MH
806@pindex MH
807
808A folder to access MH format mail (1 file is 1 mail).
809
810Format:
811
812@example
813@samp{+} @var{directory-name}
814@end example
815
816Normally, @var{directory-name} is an relative path to the variable
817@code{elmo-localdir-folder-path} (default is @file{~/Mail}), but if it
818starts with @samp{/} or @samp{~}, then it is treated as an absolute path
819(this is also true for drive-letters).
820
821Message number is used for the name of the message file.
822
823Example:
824
825@example
826@group
827+inbox         -> @file{~/Mail/inbox}
828+from/teranisi -> @file{~/Mail/from/teranisi}
829+~/test        -> @file{~/test}
830@end group
831@end example
832
833
834@node Maildir Folder, News Spool Folder, MH Folder, Folders
835@section Maildir Folder
836@cindex @samp{.}
837@cindex Maildir Folder
838@pindex Maildir
839@pindex qmail
840
841A folder to access Maildir format (1 file is 1 mail).
842
843Format:
844
845@example
846@samp{.} [@var{directory-name}]
847@end example
848
849Normally, @var{directory-name} is a relative path to the variable
850@code{elmo-maildir-folder-path} (default is @file{~/Maildir}), but if it
851starts with @samp{/} or @samp{~}, then it is treated as an absolute path
852(this is also true for drive-letters).
853
854Maildir contains @file{cur}, @file{new} and @file{tmp} subdirectories.
855Messages are contained in the @file{cur} directory.  All message files
856in the @file{new} directory are moved to @file{cur} directory when you
857access the folder. All message files contained in the @file{tmp}
858directory and not accessed for 36 hours are deleted.
859
860This behavior conforms to the @uref{http://cr.yp.to/proto/maildir.html}.
861
862Example:
863
864@example
865@group
866.              -> @file{~/Maildir}
867.inbox         -> @file{~/Maildir/inbox}
868.from/teranisi -> @file{~/Maildir/from/teranisi}
869.~/test        -> @file{~/test}
870@end group
871@end example
872
873
874@node News Spool Folder, Archive Folder, Maildir Folder, Folders
875@section News Spool Folder
876@cindex @samp{=}
877@cindex News spool Folder
878@pindex gnspool
879
880This folder handles locally saved news articles which are proposed by
881Mew/IM.  You can also read articles directly from a spool-file which is
882retrieved by an utility like @command{gnspool}.
883
884Format:
885
886@example
887@samp{=} @var{directory-name}
888@end example
889
890@var{directory-name} is a sub-directory to the directory defined by
891variable @code{elmo-localnews-folder-path} (default is @file{~/News})
892You can use @samp{.} as directory delimiter as well as @samp{/}.
893
894Example:
895
896@example
897@group
898=fj/os/os2         -> @file{~/News/fj/os/os2}
899=fj.os.bsd.freebsd -> @file{~/News/fj/os/bsd/freebsd}
900@end group
901@end example
902
903
904@node Archive Folder, POP Folder, News Spool Folder, Folders
905@section Archive Folder
906@cindex @samp{$}
907@cindex Archive Folder
908@c @pindex ange-ftp
909
910This method can handle archive files, which are compressed by utilities
911such as Info-ZIP or LHA, as one folder.
912
913Format:
914
915@example
916@group
917@samp{$} @var{path-name} [@samp{;} @var{archiver-type} @samp{;} @var{prefix}]
918@end group
919@end example
920
921@var{path-name} is the relative path from
922@code{elmo-archive-folder-path} (initial setting is @file{~/Mail}).  If
923@var{path-name} begins with @samp{/} or @samp{~} or `drive-letter of
924DOS', @var{path-name} is treated as absolute path.  ange-ftp format is
925also permitted under the environment of ange-ftp, efs.
926
927The actual file name of the archive folder is
928@code{elmo-archive-basename} (Initial setting is @file{elmo-archive})
929under the @var{path-name}. If a file named @var{path-name} exists, it is
930treated as folder. The suffix is automatically decided for
931@var{archiver-type}.
932
933If @var{archiver-type} is omitted, @code{elmo-archive-default-type}
934(Initial setting is @code{zip}) is referred.
935
936@var{prefix} specifies the internal directory structure of the archive.
937For example, if the ML server is fml, @file{msend.tar.gz} has a
938structure like @file{spool/1}, so you have to specify @samp{spool} as
939@var{prefix}.
940
941Example:
942
943@example
944@group
945$teranisi         -> @file{~/Mail/teranisi/elmo-archive.zip}
946$bsd/freebsd;lha  -> @file{~/Mail/bsd/freebsd/elmo-archive.lzh}
947$/foo@@server:~/bar;zoo     -> @file{~/bar/elmo-archive.zoo} on ftp server
948$d:/msend.tar.gz;tgz;spool -> @file{d:/msend.tar.gz}
949$ml;zip/        -> Access group consists of archive folders
950                   under @file{~/Mail/ml}
951@end group
952@end example
953
954@menu
955* Archiver::     Supported Archivers
956* Archive Tips:: TIPS
957* Archive Vars:: Customization
958@end menu
959
960
961@node Archiver, Archive Tips, Archive Folder, Archive Folder
962@subsection Supported Archives
963@cindex Archiver
964@pindex LHA
965@pindex Info-ZIP
966@pindex UNZIP
967@pindex ZOO
968@pindex RAR
969@pindex TAR
970@pindex GNU TAR
971
972By default, following archives are supported.
973
974@example
975@group
976        LHA, Info-ZIP/UNZIP, ZOO, RAR  ;; full-access
977        GNU TAR('tgz, 'tar)            ;; read-only
978@end group
979@end example
980
981If your archiver can include multiple files in one archive, you have a
982possibility use it as an archiver of Wanderlust (ARJ/UNARJ, ARC is one
983of the candidate. TAR is supported read-only because it cannot delete
984file in the archive (@code{mv})).
985
986@command{gzip}, @command{bzip}, @command{bzip2} cannot be used as an
987archiver of Wanderlust because they cannot include multiple
988files. Archivers that cannot extract files to standard output are also
989not supported.
990
991@subsection OS specific information about archiver
992
993Behaviors of the following archivers are confirmed by further experiences.
994(@samp{*} mark means recommended archiver).
995
996@example
997[OS/2]  Warp4.0J(w/o VoiceType)+Fx00505/emx0.9c(fix04)/PMMule,EmacsPM
998         LHA  OS/2 version Rel.2.06b    Feb 18, 1998
999        *UnZip 5.32 of 3 November 1997, by Info-ZIP.
1000        *Zip 2.2 (November 3rd 1997).
1001         Zoo archiver, zoo 2.1 $@asis{}Date: 91/07/09 02:10:34 $
1002         GNU tar version 1.10 - AK 2.58 (DBCS/SJIS) 981216(homy) version
1003         gzip 1.2.4 (18 Aug 93) + bzip2 patch(by Iida-san)
1004
1005[UN|X]  FreeBSD 2.2.7-RELEASE, Linux 2.0.30, Solaris2.6, HP-UX 9.07
1006         LHa for UNIX  V 1.14c
1007         UnZip 5.32 of 3 November 1997
1008         Zip 2.2 (November 3rd 1997)
1009         GNU tar 1.12 (1.11.x is no good)
1010         gzip 1.2.4 (18 Aug 93)
1011
1012[Win32] Win.98/Meadow
1013         Lha32 version 1.28
1014         Zip 2.2
1015         UnZip 5.40
1016         GNU tar 1.11.8 + 1.5(WIN32)
1017         GZIP 1.2.4
1018         RAR 2.06
1019@end example
1020
1021* Caution about LHA
1022
1023If you are an OS/2 user, Peter Fitzsimmons's LH/2 is not supported.
1024Hiramatsu version of LHA is only supported.
1025In Win32, LHa32 is only supported (DOS version is no good).
1026
1027* Caution about GNU tar
1028
1029You have to take care about GNU tar's version because many version has
1030problem on deleting file from archive.
1031
1032Please test @option{--delete} @option{-f} options work. Otherwise, your
1033archive will be destroyed. No problem is reported on above versions of
1034GNU tar.
1035
1036
1037@node Archive Tips, Archive Vars, Archiver, Archive Folder
1038@subsection TIPS
1039@cindex Archive Tips
1040
1041For comfortable migration, usage of @code{wl-summary-archive}
1042(@pxref{Archive}) or Expire (@pxref{Expire}) is recommended.  To treat
1043archive folders created by expiration, you must set non-nil value to
1044@code{elmo-archive-treat-file}.
1045
1046If many files are included in one archive,
1047it takes long time to access the archive folder because
1048archiver starting overhead is increased (especially LHA).
1049150-200 messages in one archive is recommended.
1050
1051Of course, following is possible @t{:-)}
1052(meanings of these variables are described later.)
1053
1054@lisp
1055@group
1056(setq wl-fcc "$backup")
1057(setq wl-trash-folder "$trash;lha")
1058@end group
1059@end lisp
1060
1061@node Archive Vars,  , Archive Tips, Archive Folder
1062@subsection Variables About Archive Folder
1063@cindex Archive variables
1064
1065@table @code
1066@item elmo-archive-default-type
1067@vindex elmo-archive-default-type
1068The initial setting is @code{zip}.
1069Set archiver type by symbol.
1070
1071@item elmo-archive-@var{type}-method-alist
1072@vindex elmo-archive-TYPE-method-alist
1073Define archiver @var{type}'s methods.
1074(@var{type} is @samp{lha}, @samp{zip}, @samp{zoo}, @samp{tgz} etc)
1075Each element of the alist is following.
1076
1077@example
1078@group
1079(@var{action} . (@var{exec-name} @var{options}))   ;; external program and its option.
1080(@var{action} . @var{function})              ;; function
1081@end group
1082@end example
1083
1084Currently available actions are following.
1085
1086@example
1087@group
1088'ls, 'cat ('cat-headers)        ;; Minimal setting(read-only)
1089'mv ('mv-pipe), 'rm ('rm-pipe)  ;; full-access (with above)
1090'cp ('cp-pipe)                  ;;
1091@end group
1092@end example
1093
1094@noindent
1095In above actions,
1096actions enclosed with braces are optional (They are used for better
1097performance).
1098
1099@item elmo-archive-suffix-alist
1100@vindex elmo-archive-suffix-alist
1101An alist of archiver-type (symbol) and suffix.
1102
1103@item elmo-archive-file-regexp-alist
1104@vindex elmo-archive-file-regexp-alist
1105An alist of a regexp to get file number from list output of archiver
1106and archiver-type (symbol).
1107
1108@item elmo-archive-method-list
1109@vindex elmo-archive-method-list
1110A list of elmo-archive-@var{type}-method-alist
1111(@var{type} is a symbol of archiver-type).
1112
1113@item elmo-archive-lha-dos-compatible
1114@vindex elmo-archive-lha-dos-compatible
1115The initial setting is @code{t} on OS/2 and Win32.  If non-nil, LHA is
1116DOS (Mr. Yoshizaki original) compatible.
1117
1118@item elmo-archive-cmdstr-max-length
1119@vindex elmo-archive-cmdstr-max-length
1120The initial setting is 8000.
1121
1122Max length of command line argument for external archiver program.
1123Emacs does not have a limit of command line byte length, but some OS
1124(e.x OS/2) have. It depends on the OS. Archive folder is affected by
1125this limit because it calls external archiver program directly (not
1126called via shell).  For example, you cannot delete messages if archiver
1127program must receive larger bytes of arguments to delete.  OS/2 have a
1128command line argument limit of 8190 bytes, so we defined default as 8000
1129with some margin.
1130
1131However, you don't have an influence of command line argument limit
1132if the archiver has `actions' to receive target file information from
1133standard input (@code{rm-pipe}, @code{mv-pipe}, @code{cat-headers} action).
1134@end table
1135
1136
1137@node POP Folder, Shimbun Folder, Archive Folder, Folders
1138@section POP Folder
1139@cindex @samp{&}
1140@cindex POP Folder
1141@cindex RFC 1939
1142@cindex POP3
1143@cindex APOP
1144
1145A folder to access e-mails via POP3 protocol (RFC 1939).
1146
1147Format:
1148
1149@example
1150@group
1151@samp{&} [@var{username}][@samp{/} @var{authenticate-type}][@samp{:} @var{numbering-method}][@samp{@@} @var{hostname}][@samp{:} @var{port}][@samp{!}]
1152@end group
1153@end example
1154
1155You can specify
1156@samp{user}  (plain password transmission) or @samp{apop}  (APOP authentication)
1157as @var{authenticate-type}.
1158
1159You can specify @samp{uidl} (use UIDL command for message numbering) or
1160@samp{list} (use LIST command for message numbering) as @samp{numbering-method}.
1161
1162default:
1163@example
1164@var{username}   -> The value of @code{elmo-pop3-default-user}.
1165              Initial setting is @env{USER} environment variable or
1166             @env{LOGNAME} environment variable or return value of
1167             @code{(user-login-name)}.
1168@var{authenticate-type} -> The value of @code{elmo-pop3-default-authenticate-type}.
1169              Initial setting is @samp{user}.
1170@var{numbering-method} -> Follow the value of @code{elmo-pop3-default-use-uidl}.
1171              If t, use UIDL for numbering. Initial setting is t.
1172@var{hostname}   -> The value of @code{elmo-pop3-default-server}.
1173              Initial setting is @samp{localhost}.
1174@var{port}       -> The value of @code{elmo-pop3-default-port}.
1175              Initial setting is 110.
1176@end example
1177
1178Example:
1179
1180@example
1181@group
1182&hoge@@localhost     -> access localhost as user @samp{hoge}.
1183&hoge@@popserver:109 -> access the server "popserver" on port 109
1184                        as user @samp{hoge}.
1185@end group
1186@end example
1187
1188If the last character of the folder name is @samp{!}, Wanderlust
1189connects to the POP server via SSL (Secure Socket Layer).  If a folder
1190name ends with @samp{!!}, STARTTLS connection will be established.
1191
1192If the value of @code{elmo-pop3-default-stream-type} is @code{ssl},
1193SSL will be the default connection, i.e. you can omit @samp{!}.  If it
1194is is @code{starttls}, STARTTLS will be the default connection.  To use
1195normal connection in these cases, add @samp{!direct} at the end of
1196folder name.
1197
1198
1199@node Shimbun Folder, RSS Folder, POP Folder, Folders
1200@section Shimbun Folder
1201@cindex @samp{@@}
1202@cindex Shimbun Folder
1203@cindex Folder, Shimbun
1204@cindex Folder, Web
1205@pindex w3m
1206@pindex emacs-w3m
1207
1208A folder for watching "shimbun" (means "newspaper" in Japanese),
1209news site and mailing list archives on WWW by using emacs-w3m
1210(@uref{http://emacs-w3m.namazu.org/}).
1211
1212You should possess w3m and emacs-w3m to use this.
1213
1214Format:
1215
1216@example
1217@group
1218@samp{@@} @var{module-name} @samp{.} @var{folder-name}
1219@end group
1220@end example
1221
1222Admissible values of @var{module-name} and @var{folder-name} are
1223described in @file{README.shimbun.ja} distributed with emacs-w3m.
1224
1225Example:
1226
1227@example
1228@group
1229@@airs.wl  -> archive of wanderlust ML (using module @file{sb-airs.el})
1230@@asahi/   -> access group of all folders in module @file{sb-asahi.el}
1231@end group
1232@end example
1233
1234@subsection Variables About Shimbun Folder
1235
1236@table @code
1237@item elmo-shimbun-update-overview-folder-list
1238@vindex elmo-shimbun-update-overview-folder-list
1239The initial setting is @code{all}. Specify a set of folders to update
1240overview when messages are fetched. Specify @code{all} to update
1241overview in all shimbun folders. You can specify a list of regular
1242expressions of shimbun folder names to restrict affected folders.
1243
1244Example:
1245
1246@example
1247(setq elmo-shimbun-update-overview-folder-list
1248      '("^@@airs\\." "^@@namazu\\."))
1249@end example
1250
1251Update summary view automatically after fetching.
1252@end table
1253
1254@node RSS Folder, Search Folder, Shimbun Folder, Folders
1255@section RSS Folder
1256@cindex RSS Folder
1257@cindex Atom Folder
1258
1259An RSS folder presents the messages contained in an RSS or Atom feed:
1260
1261Format:
1262
1263@example
1264@samp{rss:} @var{URL for RSS or Atom}
1265@end example
1266
1267Example:
1268
1269@example
1270rss:https://github.com/wanderlust/wanderlust/commits/master.atom
1271@end example
1272
1273This folder type attempts to automatically handle all known versions of
1274RSS and Atom.  Should you need more configurability, please use
1275a Shimbun folder (@pxref{Shimbun Folder}) instead.
1276
1277Since this folder doesn't do any persistent caching, messages will
1278disappear as soon as they expire from the feed.  Should you want
1279persistent messages, combine this with a pipe folder (@pxref{Pipe Folder}):
1280
1281@example
1282|rss:http://lwn.net/headlines/newrss|+lwn
1283@end example
1284
1285You may also use an RSS, Atom or OPML feed as an access group, in which
1286case related feeds will appear as subfolders.
1287
1288@node Search Folder, Multi Folder, RSS Folder, Folders
1289@section Search Folder
1290@cindex @samp{[}
1291@cindex Search Folder
1292@cindex Folder, Search
1293@cindex Folder, Text Search
1294
1295A folder to access messages found by an external program with some
1296condition.
1297
1298Format:
1299
1300@example
1301@group
1302@samp{[} @var{search condition} @samp{]} [ @var{search target} [ @samp{!} @var{search engine} ] ]
1303@end group
1304@end example
1305
1306The format of the @var{search condition} and @var{search target} depend
1307on the @var{search engine}.
1308
1309@subsection Supported search engines
1310
1311Supported search engines are following ones.  Default search engine can
1312be assigned by @code{elmo-search-default-engine}.
1313
1314@menu
1315* namazu::      namazu
1316* grep::        grep
1317* rgrep::       rgrep
1318* mu::          mu
1319* notmuch::     notmuch
1320@end menu
1321
1322
1323@node namazu, grep, Search Folder, Search Folder
1324@subsection namazu
1325@pindex namazu
1326
1327The messages registered in the namazu-index is found by using namazu
1328(@uref{http://www.namazu.org/}).
1329
1330@var{search condition} is a query of namazu.  Please refer to the
1331document of the attached to namazu for details.
1332
1333@var{search target} is a namazu-index used for search.  The directory
1334with the index or the alias that explain in the following can be
1335specified.  Default value of the path of namazu index can be assigned by
1336@code{elmo-search-namazu-default-index-path}.
1337
1338Example:
1339
1340@example
1341@group
1342[wanderlust]           -> search messages matched with
1343                       "wanderlust" from the default index
1344[semi flim]~/Mail/semi -> search "semi flim" from the index
1345                       in the directory "~/Mail/semi"
1346@end group
1347@end example
1348
1349@c @subsection TIPS
1350
1351@subsubsection Enter space to separate keywords
1352
1353If you want to use space in folder entry, @kbd{C-q @key{SPC}} will help you.
1354
1355@subsubsection Alias name for index
1356
1357You can define an alias name for index.
1358
1359Example:
1360
1361@example
1362(setq elmo-search-namazu-index-alias-alist
1363      '(("cache" . "~/.elmo/cache")
1364        ("docs" . "~/documents")))
1365@end example
1366
1367Above definition defines two index aliases.
1368You can specify
1369
1370@example
1371[wanderlust]cache
1372@end example
1373
1374to execute a namazu search with keyword @samp{wanderlust} using a index in the
1375directory @file{~/.elmo/cache}.
1376
1377@subsubsection Multiple indices
1378
1379You can specify a list for @code{elmo-search-namazu-default-index-path} and
1380@code{elmo-search-namazu-index-alias-alist}.
1381When list is specified, all index contained in the list is used as the
1382namazu indices.
1383
1384Example:
1385
1386@example
1387(setq elmo-search-namazu-index-alias-alist
1388      '(("all" . ("~/.elmo/cache" "~/documents"))
1389        ("cache" . "~/.elmo/cache")))
1390@end example
1391
1392Using above alias setting, you can specify
1393
1394@example
1395[wanderlust]all
1396@end example
1397
1398to execute a namazu search with keyword @samp{wanderlust} using indices in the
1399directory @file{~/.elmo/cache} and @file{~/documents}.
1400
1401@node grep, rgrep, namazu, Search Folder
1402@subsection grep
1403@pindex grep
1404@pindex find
1405
1406The files that exists in the directory specified with the @var{search
1407target} are found by using grep.
1408
1409@var{search condition} is a regular expression of grep.  The directory
1410as @var{search target} cannot be omitted.
1411
1412Example:
1413
1414@example
1415@group
1416[wanderlust]~/Mail/inbox!grep
1417    -> search messages matched with "wanderlust"
1418       from the directory "~/Mail/inbox"
1419
1420["[sr]emi"]~/Mail/semi!grep
1421    -> If @samp{]} is included in regular expression,
1422       @var{search condition} should be enclosed with @samp{"}.
1423@end group
1424@end example
1425
1426Because this method passes all target filenames to grep process as
1427arguments, starting grep process may fail when there are too many files
1428in the target directory.  If your find proram accepts @samp{-maxdepth}
1429option, adding the below code in @file{~/.wl} may resolve the problem.
1430
1431@example
1432(eval-after-load "elmo-search"
1433  '(elmo-search-register-engine
1434    'grep 'local-file
1435    :prog "find"
1436    :args '(elmo-search-rgrep-target
1437            "-maxdepth" "1" "-type" "f" "-exec" "grep" "-l" "-e"
1438            pattern "@{@}" "+")))
1439@end example
1440
1441If your find program can't handle @samp{-exec command @{@} +} option
1442correctly, replacing the last @samp{+} with @samp{;} would do the trick,
1443but it is probably very slow.
1444
1445@node rgrep, mu, grep, Search Folder
1446@subsection rgrep
1447
1448Using grep with @samp{-r} option to search files in subdirectories of
1449the target directory.
1450Grep must accept @samp{-r} option.
1451
1452There is no limitation about the number of files such as grep method (@pxref{grep}).
1453Syntax is similar to grep method.
1454
1455Example:
1456
1457@example
1458@group
1459[wanderlust]~/Mail/inbox!rgrep
1460    -> search messages matched with "wanderlust"
1461       from the directory "~/Mail/inbox" including subdirectories.
1462@end group
1463@end example
1464
1465@node mu, notmuch, rgrep, Search Folder
1466@subsection mu
1467@pindex mu
1468
1469Search mail using mu (@uref{http://www.djcbsoftware.nl/code/mu/}).
1470
1471Examples (from the mu cheatsheet)
1472
1473@example
1474@group
1475[Helsinki]
1476    -> messages about Helsinki (in message body, subject, sender, ...)
1477
1478[to:Jack subject:jellyfish tumbleweed]
1479    -> messages to Jack with subject jellyfish containing the word tumbleweed
1480
1481[size:2k..2m date:20091201..20093112 flag:attach from:bill]
1482    -> messages between 2 kilobytes and a 2Mb,
1483       written in December 2009 with an attachment from Bill
1484
1485[subject:soc* flag:unread]
1486    -> unread messages about things starting with 'soc'
1487       (soccer, society, socrates, ...)
1488
1489[mime:image/*]
1490    -> messages with images as attachment
1491
1492['foo bar']
1493    -> search for messages with the phrase "foo bar"
1494
1495@end group
1496@end example
1497
1498@node notmuch,  , mu, Search Folder
1499@subsection notmuch
1500@pindex notmuch
1501
1502Search mail using notmuch (@uref{http://notmuchmail.org/}).
1503
1504Examples (from the notmuch manual)
1505
1506@example
1507@group
1508[term1]
1509    -> messages that contain 'term1'
1510
1511[-term1]
1512    -> messages that DO NOT contain 'term1'
1513
1514[term1 term2]
1515    -> messages containing term1 and term2
1516
1517['foo bar']
1518    -> search for messages with the phrase "foo bar"
1519
1520@end group
1521@end example
1522
1523@node Multi Folder, Filter Folder, Search Folder, Folders
1524@section Multi Folder
1525@cindex @samp{*}
1526@cindex Multi Folder
1527@cindex Folder, Multiple
1528@cindex Folder, Marge
1529
1530A folder to access virtual folder which collects messages from
1531multiple folders.
1532
1533Format:
1534
1535@example
1536@group
1537@samp{*} @var{folder-1} [@samp{,} @var{folder-2}] @dots{} [@samp{,} @var{folder-N}]
1538@end group
1539@end example
1540
1541After @samp{*} character, specify multiple folders you want to collect
1542separated by @samp{,} like
1543@samp{@var{folder-1},@var{folder-2},@dots{},@var{folder-N}}.
1544
1545Example:
1546
1547@example
1548@group
1549*-fj.editor.xemacs,-fj.editor.mule,-fj.editor.emacs
1550-> -fj.editor.xemacs, -fj.editor.mule and -fj.editor.emacs are
1551   treated as one folder.
1552
1553*+inbox,-fj.rec.tv,%inbox
1554-> +inbox, -fj.rec.tv and %inbox are treated as one folder.
1555@end group
1556@end example
1557
1558
1559@node Filter Folder, Pipe Folder, Multi Folder, Folders
1560@section Filter Folder
1561@cindex @samp{/}
1562@cindex Filter Folder
1563@cindex Folder, Filtering
1564@cindex Folder, Virtual
1565@cindex Folder, Conditional
1566@cindex Flag
1567
1568A folder to access virtual folder which collects all messages that
1569satisfy a condition.
1570
1571Format:
1572
1573@example
1574@samp{/} @var{condition} @samp{/} @var{target-folder}
1575@end example
1576
1577In the @var{condition} part, you can specify following.
1578
1579@enumerate
1580@item
1581Partial filter: @samp{first:@var{number}}, @samp{last:@var{number}}
1582
1583first: @var{number} messages are picked from top of folder.
1584last:  @var{number} messages are picked from bottom of folder.
1585
1586Example:
1587
1588@example
1589@group
1590/last:10/-fj.os.linux -> Latest 10 messages from -fj.os.linux are picked.
1591/first:20/%inbox      -> First 20 messages from %inbox are picked.
1592@end group
1593@end example
1594
1595@item
1596Date filter: @samp{since:@var{date}}, @samp{before:@var{date}}
1597
1598since: only messages arrived since @var{date} are picked (@var{date} is included).
1599before: only messages arrived before @var{date} are picked (@var{date} is not included).
1600
1601You can specify following as @var{date}.
1602
1603@example
1604@group
1605yesterday ->  a day before today.
1606lastweek  ->  same day of last week.
1607lastmonth ->  same day of last month.
1608lastyear  ->  same day of last year.
1609@var{number}daysago -> @var{number} days ago. (e.x. '3daysago')
1610@var{day}-@var{month}-@var{year} -> specify date directly (ex. 1-Nov-1998)
1611@end group
1612@end example
1613
1614Example:
1615
1616@example
1617@group
1618/since:3daysago/+inbox -> messages arrived since 3 days ago in +inbox
1619                          are picked.
1620/before:yesterday/+inbox -> messages arrived before yesterday in +inbox
1621                          are picked.
1622@end group
1623@end example
1624
1625@item
1626Field filter: @samp{@var{field}:@var{value}}
1627
1628All messages that have @var{field} and its value is @var{value} are picked.
1629@var{field} and @var{value} are case insensitive.
1630
1631Example:
1632
1633@example
1634@group
1635/from:teranisi/+inbox -> In +inbox, messages which have From: field
1636                         and its value includes "teranisi" string are picked.
1637/body:foo/%inbox      -> In %inbox, messages which have "foo" text
1638                         are picked.
1639@end group
1640@end example
1641
1642@item
1643Flag filter: @samp{flag:@var{flag-name}}
1644
1645Pick up messages with flag specified by @var{flag-name}.
1646
1647You can specify following flag names:
1648
1649@example
1650@group
1651unread    -> unread
1652important -> important
1653answered  -> replied
1654forwarded -> forwarded
1655digest    -> unread or important
1656any       -> unread or replied or forwarded or global-flag.
1657@end group
1658@end example
1659
1660You can also use flags which you have set as `global-flag'.  global-flag
1661is a flag which has arbitrary name. You can put global-flag on messages
1662by invoking @code{wl-summary-set-flags} (Key @key{F}). By default,
1663@samp{important} flag is prepared.  You can view messages with
1664global-flag by visiting the subfolder of @samp{'flag} folder.
1665
1666@xref{Internal Folder}.
1667
1668Example:
1669
1670@example
1671@group
1672/flag:digest/%inbox     -> a folder consist of unread or important
1673                           message in %inbox.
1674/flag:wl/+ML/Wanderlust -> a folder consist of messages with global flag
1675                           wl in +ML/Wanderlust.
1676@end group
1677@end example
1678
1679@item
1680Compound condition
1681
1682A condition starting with @samp{!} indicates a negation.
1683If you combine conditions by character @samp{|}, it is considered as OR condition.
1684@samp{&} is considered as AND condition, likewise.
1685Condition can be grouped by parentheses (@samp{(}, and @samp{)}).
1686
1687@samp{/tocc:xxxx/} is an abbreviation of @samp{/to:xxxx|cc:xxxx/}.
1688@samp{/!tocc:xxxx/} is an abbreviation of @samp{/!to:xxxx&!cc:xxxx/}.
1689
1690Example:
1691
1692@example
1693@group
1694/from:teranisi&!to:teranisi/+inbox
1695                      -> In +inbox, messages are picked if the message's
1696                         From: field includes "teranisi" and
1697                         To: field doesn't include "teranisi".
1698
1699/tocc:"Yuuichi Teranishi"/+inbox
1700                      -> In +inbox, messages are picked if the
1701                         message's To: field or Cc: field includes
1702                         "Yuuichi Teranishi".
1703
1704/(from:yt|from:teranisi)&subject:report/+inbox
1705                      -> In +inbox, messages are picked if the message's
1706                         From: field includes "yt" or "teranisi", and
1707                        Subject includes "report".
1708@end group
1709@end example
1710@end enumerate
1711
1712@noindent
1713Tip for string description:
1714
1715Space character, @samp{"}, @samp{/},@samp{)},@samp{|} and @samp{&}
1716should be enclosed with @samp{"} in @var{value} string.  (@samp{"}
1717should be escaped with @samp{\} in it).  You can enclose the string with
1718@samp{"} even it does not contain these characters.
1719
1720@noindent
1721Advanced example:
1722
1723@example
1724*%inbox,/from:teranisi/%inbox@@server
1725       -> Messages in %inbox or
1726          message is in the %inbox@@server folder and it's From field
1727          includes "teranisi" are collected.
1728
1729/last:100//to:teranisi/*+inbox,%inbox
1730       -> Latest 100 messages which is in the +inbox or %inbox folder
1731          and To: field matches "teranisi".
1732
1733/from:hogehoge//last:20//tocc:teranisi/%#mh/inbox@@localhost
1734       -> Pick messages which have From: field and it includes "hogehoge"
1735          from latest 20 messages in the %#mh/inbox@@localhost
1736          and To: or Cc: field includes "teranisi".
1737@end example
1738
1739@node Pipe Folder, Internal Folder, Filter Folder, Folders
1740@section Pipe Folder
1741@cindex @samp{|}
1742@cindex Pipe Folder
1743@cindex Get Message
1744@cindex Download Message
1745@cindex Incorporate Message
1746
1747In the pipe folder, messages are automatically transferred from the source
1748folder to destination folder.
1749
1750Format:
1751
1752@example
1753@samp{|} @var{source-folder} @samp{|} @var{destination-folder}
1754@end example
1755
1756When you access the pipe folder, messages are automatically transferred
1757from @var{source-folder} to @var{destination-folder}.
1758It is convenient if you want to download messages to local disk via POP.
1759For example, if you specify following
1760
1761@example
1762|&username@@popserver|+inbox
1763@end example
1764
1765@noindent
1766and access it, Wanderlust downloads messages from
1767@samp{&username@@popserver} to @samp{+inbox} automatically.
1768
1769On the other hand, if you put @samp{|:} instead of second @samp{|},
1770then messages are copied to the destination folder (not deleted from
1771source-folder). At the next time you access that folder, copies new
1772messages only.
1773
1774@example
1775@samp{|} @var{source-folder} @samp{|:} @var{destination-folder}
1776@end example
1777
1778If you want to copy messages from POP server and view them, specify the
1779folder as follows:
1780
1781@example
1782|&username@@popserver|:+inbox
1783@end example
1784
1785where messages will be kept on the server.
1786
1787Example:
1788
1789@example
1790@group
1791|%inbox|%myinbox   -> Download %inbox to %myinbox.
1792|*&user@@popserver1,&user@@popserver2|+inbox
1793         -> Download from &user@@popserver1 and &user@@popserver2 to +inbox.
1794|-gnu.emacs.sources|:+sources
1795         -> Copy messages from -gnu.emacs.sources to +sources.
1796@end group
1797@end example
1798
1799After messages are moved, a hook @code{elmo-pipe-drained-hook} is called.
1800
1801@node Internal Folder, File Folder, Pipe Folder, Folders
1802@section Internal folder
1803@cindex @samp{'}
1804@cindex Internal Folder
1805@cindex Folder, @samp{$} mark
1806@cindex Flag
1807@cindex Cache
1808@c @cindex Folder, Null
1809
1810A folder to access internal messages of Wanderlust.
1811
1812Format:
1813
1814@example
1815@group
1816@samp{'flag} [@samp{/} @var{global-flag}]
1817@samp{'sendlog}
1818@samp{'cache/00} - @samp{'cache/1F}
1819@end group
1820@end example
1821
1822A folder named @samp{'flag} is a special virtual folder which collects
1823messages which have @var{global-flag}.
1824
1825There is @samp{important} flag defined as @var{global-flag} by default.
1826You can review important messages at once after you put important marks
1827on the messages in the different folders.  If @var{global-flag} is omitted,
1828it is treated as @samp{important} flag is specified.
1829
1830In addition, in summary mode, to be described later, you can freely
1831define global flags and put them on messages.
1832@xref{Usage of Summary Mode}.
1833
1834In this folder, if you delete message, @var{global-flag} put on the
1835message is removed.  If you append messages to this folder, the message
1836will have @var{global-flag}.
1837
1838
1839A folder named @samp{'sendlog} is a virtual folder which collects
1840cached messages which are recoded on @file{~/.elmo/sendlog}.
1841It might be useful when you forgot to add cc for yourself.
1842To use this, you should set @code{wl-draft-use-cache} to non-nil
1843so that sent messages are cached.
1844
1845
1846You can access cached messages fetched via network by accessing
1847folders named @samp{'cache/00} - @samp{'cache/1F}. 00 - 1F are
1848the name of the subdirectories of the cache directory
1849(@file{~/.elmo/cache}).
1850
1851
1852@node File Folder, Access Folder, Internal Folder, Folders
1853@section File folder
1854@cindex File Folder
1855
1856File Folder gives the view for local file system.
1857The one File Folder corresponds to the one directory.
1858
1859Format:
1860
1861@example
1862@samp{file:} @var{Path-of-the-directory}
1863@end example
1864
1865Example:
1866
1867@example
1868@group
1869file:~/work     -> @file{~/work}
1870file:/etc       -> @file{/etc}
1871@end group
1872@end example
1873
1874
1875@node Access Folder,, File Folder, Folders
1876@section Access folder
1877@cindex Access Folder
1878
1879A folder to access virtual folder which collects messages from a root
1880folder and subfolders of one.  The add and remove of the subfolder is
1881automatically reflected.
1882
1883
1884Format:
1885
1886@example
1887@samp{access:} @var{root-folder}
1888@end example
1889
1890Example:
1891
1892@example
1893@group
1894access:%INBOX -> All subfolders of IMAP mailbox "inbox".
1895access:'cache -> All of 'cache folder
1896@end group
1897@end example
1898
1899
1900@node Folder, Summary, Folders, Top
1901@chapter Folder mode
1902@cindex Folder
1903
1904After you start Wanderlust, folder mode is appeared firstly.
1905It contains folder list you subscribed.
1906You can select and edit folders in this mode.
1907
1908@menu
1909* Selecting Folder:: Select folder you want to read
1910* Folder Manager::   Editing folders
1911@end menu
1912
1913
1914@node Selecting Folder, Folder Manager, Folder, Folder
1915@section Selecting Folder
1916@cindex Selecting Folder
1917
1918@subsection Usage (TIPS)
1919
1920@subsubsection Check new, unread number
1921
1922Folder mode looks like this.
1923
1924@example
1925@group
1926[-]Desktop:14186/35580/67263
1927   Inbox:3/10/10
1928   Trash:2/7/10
1929   Drafts:0/0/3
1930   Sent:0/9/348
1931   [-]Emacsen:0/34/4837
1932     Wanderlust ML:0/0/558
1933     ELIPS ML:0/0/626
1934     tm:0/0/821
1935     XEmacs Beta:0/29/255
1936     Mew:0/0/998
1937     Mule-Win32:0/0/1491
1938     fj's Emacsen:0/5/88
1939@end group
1940@end example
1941
1942
1943Each line means:
1944
1945@example
1946@var{folder-name}:@var{new-number}/@var{unread-number}/@var{all-number}
1947@end example
1948
1949@noindent
1950@kbd{s} key on the folder line updates these numbers.
1951It changes its color if it has many new messages.
1952
1953The whole folder mode is a folder group named @samp{Desktop}.
1954Folder group open/close by return key.
1955An operation on a folder group is treated as operations on the
1956children folders.
1957For example, when you type @kbd{s} on @samp{[-]Emacsen},
1958seven children folders update their unread number status.
1959
1960@subsubsection Select Folder
1961
1962To enter summary mode of the folder, type return (or space) key on
1963the folder line.
1964If the variable @code{wl-stay-folder-window} has non-nil value,
1965summary window appears on the right of the folder mode window.
1966
1967@subsection Key bindings
1968
1969Folder mode's key binding (related to selecting folders) is following.
1970
1971@table @kbd
1972@item @key{SPC}
1973@itemx @key{RET}
1974@kindex @key{SPC} (Folder)
1975@kindex @key{RET} (Folder)
1976@findex wl-folder-jump-to-current-entity
1977Enter to the summary mode of the folder at the current cursor point.
1978With prefix argument, enter the sticky summary.
1979If the cursor is on the top of folder group line,
1980the folder group is opened or closed.
1981When the cursor is on the access group and this command is called
1982with prefix argument, folder children list is updated to the newest one.
1983(Children list is updated recursively if the access folder has hierarchical
1984structure.)
1985(@code{wl-folder-jump-to-current-entity})
1986
1987@item M-@key{RET}
1988@kindex M-@key{RET} (Folder)
1989@findex wl-folder-update-recursive-current-entity
1990Folder children list of the access group at the current cursor point
1991is updated to the newest one.
1992(Children list is updated recursively if the access folder has hierarchical
1993structure.)
1994(@code{wl-folder-update-recursive-current-entity})
1995
1996@item w
1997@kindex w (Folder)
1998@findex wl-draft
1999Create a new draft message.
2000(@code{wl-draft})
2001
2002@item W
2003@kindex W (Folder)
2004@findex wl-folder-write-current-folder
2005If the current cursor point is on the NNTP folder, create a new draft
2006message which already has @samp{Newsgroups:} field.  If the current
2007cursor point is on the folder for mailing list (refile destination),
2008create a new draft message which already has @samp{To:} field with
2009guessed mailing list address (If @code{wl-subscribed-mailing-list} is
2010valid list).
2011(@code{wl-folder-write-current-folder})
2012
2013@item C-c C-o
2014@kindex C-c C-o (Folder)
2015@findex wl-jump-to-draft-buffer
2016Move to the draft buffer if available.  If multiple draft buffer exists,
2017moved to one after another.  If prefix argument is specified, load draft
2018folder's message to the draft buffer and jump to it.
2019(@code{wl-jump-to-draft-buffer})
2020
2021@item s
2022@kindex s (Folder)
2023@findex wl-folder-check-current-entity
2024Update new and unread number information of the folder at the current
2025cursor point.
2026(@code{wl-folder-check-current-entity})
2027
2028@item S
2029@kindex S (Folder)
2030@findex wl-folder-sync-current-entity
2031Update summary information of the folder at the current cursor point.
2032(@code{wl-folder-sync-current-entity})
2033
2034@item r s
2035@kindex r s (Folder)
2036@findex wl-folder-check-region
2037Update new and unread number information of the folders in the currently
2038selected region.
2039(@code{wl-folder-check-region})
2040
2041@item r S
2042@kindex r S (Folder)
2043@findex wl-folder-sync-region
2044Update summary information of the folders in the currently selected region.
2045(@code{wl-folder-sync-region})
2046
2047@item Z
2048@kindex Z (Folder)
2049@findex wl-status-update
2050Sync up address book status with @file{~/.addresses}'s content.
2051(@code{wl-status-update})
2052
2053@item P
2054@kindex P (Folder)
2055@findex wl-folder-prev-unread
2056Jump cursor to the folder which have unread messages on the upward from
2057current cursor point.
2058(@code{wl-folder-prev-unread})
2059
2060@item N
2061@kindex N (Folder)
2062@findex wl-folder-next-unread
2063Jump cursor to the folder which have unread messages on the downward
2064from current cursor point.
2065(@code{wl-folder-next-unread})
2066
2067@item p
2068@kindex p (Folder)
2069@findex wl-folder-prev-entity
2070Move cursor to the folder on the previous line.
2071(@code{wl-folder-prev-entity})
2072
2073@item n
2074@kindex n (Folder)
2075@findex wl-folder-next-entity
2076Move cursor to the folder on the next line.
2077(@code{wl-folder-next-entity})
2078
2079@item J
2080@kindex J (Folder)
2081@findex wl-folder-jump-folder
2082Jump to the folder specified by the user input.
2083(@code{wl-folder-jump-folder})
2084
2085@item I
2086@kindex I (Folder)
2087@findex wl-folder-prefetch-current-entity
2088Prefetch new messages of the folder at the current cursor point by
2089@code{wl-summary-incorporate}.
2090If the cursor is on the folder group, it is executed recursively.
2091(@code{wl-folder-prefetch-current-entity})
2092
2093@item c
2094@kindex c (Folder)
2095@findex wl-folder-mark-as-read-all-current-entity
2096Mark all unread messages of the folder at the current cursor point as read.
2097If the cursor is on the folder group, it is executed recursively.
2098(@code{wl-folder-mark-as-read-all-current-entity})
2099
2100@item f
2101@kindex f (Folder)
2102@findex wl-folder-goto-first-unread-folder
2103Enter summary mode of the first unread folder.
2104(@code{wl-folder-goto-first-unread-folder})
2105
2106@item E
2107@kindex E (Folder)
2108@findex wl-folder-empty-trash
2109Empty trash.
2110(@code{wl-folder-empty-trash})
2111
2112@item F
2113@kindex F (Folder)
2114@findex wl-folder-flush-queue
2115Flush queue.
2116(@code{wl-folder-flush-queue})
2117
2118@item V
2119@kindex V (Folder)
2120@findex wl-folder-virtual
2121Move to the virtual folder (filter folder) with the condition specified.
2122(@code{wl-folder-virtual})
2123
2124@item ?
2125@kindex ? (Folder)
2126@findex wl-folder-pick
2127Search the folders with the condition specified.
2128(@code{wl-folder-pick})
2129
2130@item o
2131@kindex o (Folder)
2132@findex wl-folder-open-all-unread-folder
2133All unread folders are opened.
2134(@code{wl-folder-open-all-unread-folder})
2135
2136@item x
2137@kindex x (Folder)
2138@findex wl-execute-temp-marks
2139Execute marks in summary buffers. @xref{Sticky Summary}.
2140(@code{wl-execute-temp-marks})
2141
2142@item /
2143@kindex / (Folder)
2144@findex wl-folder-open-close
2145Folder group is opened/closed.
2146(@code{wl-folder-open-close})
2147
2148@item [
2149@kindex [ (Folder)
2150@findex wl-folder-open-all
2151All folder groups are opened.
2152(@code{wl-folder-open-all})
2153
2154@item ]
2155@kindex ] (Folder)
2156@findex wl-folder-close-all
2157All folder groups are closed.
2158(@code{wl-folder-close-all})
2159
2160@item q
2161@kindex q (Folder)
2162@findex wl-exit
2163Quit Wanderlust.
2164(@code{wl-exit})
2165
2166@item z
2167@kindex z (Folder)
2168@findex wl-folder-suspend
2169Suspend Wanderlust.
2170(@code{wl-folder-suspend})
2171
2172@item C-x C-s
2173@kindex C-x C-s (Folder)
2174@findex wl-save
2175Save current folder status.
2176(@code{wl-save})
2177
2178@item M-t
2179@kindex M-t (Folder)
2180@findex wl-toggle-plugged
2181Toggle Wanderlust's offline/online status.
2182(@code{wl-toggle-plugged})
2183
2184@item C-t
2185@kindex C-t (Folder)
2186@findex wl-plugged-change
2187Start Wanderlust's plug-status manager.
2188(@code{wl-plugged-change})
2189@end table
2190
2191@subsection Customize variables
2192
2193@table @code
2194@item wl-folders-file
2195@vindex wl-folders-file
2196The initial setting is @file{~/.folders}.
2197Subscribed folders are described (saved) in this file.
2198
2199@item wl-folder-info-save
2200@vindex wl-folder-info-save
2201The initial setting is @code{t}.  If non-nil, unread information is
2202saved and used in the next Wanderlust session.
2203
2204@item wl-stay-folder-window
2205@vindex wl-stay-folder-window
2206The initial setting is @code{nil}.
2207If non-nil, summary window is appeared on the right side of the folder buffer.
2208
2209@item wl-folder-window-width
2210@vindex wl-folder-window-width
2211The initial setting is 20.
2212Folder mode's window width when @code{wl-stay-folder-window} is non-nil.
2213
2214@item wl-folder-use-frame
2215@vindex wl-folder-use-frame
2216The initial setting is @code{nil}.
2217If non-nil, use new frame for the folder window.
2218
2219@item wl-folder-many-unsync-threshold
2220@vindex wl-folder-many-unsync-threshold
2221The initial setting is 70.
2222If the number of unread messages is more than this value,
2223folder color is changed.
2224
2225@item wl-highlight-folder-by-numbers
2226@vindex wl-highlight-folder-by-numbers
2227This option controls how to highlight each line in the folder buffer.
2228The default value is @code{t}, highlighting with various colors based on
2229the message numbers.  If it is @code{nil}, highlighting with various
2230colors based on the folder status.  In addition, if it is a number
2231(e.g. 1), highlighting will be done based on both the message numbers
2232and the folder status.
2233
2234@item wl-folder-desktop-name
2235@vindex wl-folder-desktop-name
2236The initial setting is @samp{Desktop}.
2237The name of top folder group.
2238
2239@item wl-folder-petname-alist
2240@vindex wl-folder-petname-alist
2241The initial setting is @code{nil}.
2242An alist of folder's realname and its nickname.
2243
2244@item wl-folder-access-subscribe-alist
2245@vindex wl-folder-access-subscribe-alist
2246The initial setting is @code{nil}.
2247
2248Control automatic subscribing and unsubscribing of the children list
2249of access groups.
2250
2251Each element is:
2252
2253@example
2254(@var{regexp-of-access-folder} . (@var{subscribe-flag} @var{regexp-of-folders} @dots{}))
2255@end example
2256
2257@noindent
2258If @var{subscribe-flag} is non-nil, folders which have name matched to
2259@var{regexp-of-folders} are displayed. Otherwise, hidden.  However,
2260already unsubscribed folder is not displayed even when the
2261@var{subscribe-flag} is non-nil. Multiple @var{regexp-of-folders} can be
2262specified.
2263
2264Example:
2265
2266@lisp
2267@group
2268'(("^-fj$" . (t   "^-fj\\.\\(comp\\|editor\\|mail\\)"
2269                  "^-fj\\.\\(net\\|news\\|os\\|rec\\)"))
2270  ("^-$" . (t   "^-\\(fj\\|tnn\\|japan\\|gnu\\|comp\\)"))
2271  ("^\\+ml$" . (nil "^\\+ml$" "^\\+ml/tmp")))
2272@end group
2273@end lisp
2274
2275@item wl-folder-hierarchy-access-folders
2276@vindex wl-folder-hierarchy-access-folders
2277A list of regular expressions for access groups which creates children
2278folder list hierarchically.
2279
2280For example, if you specify
2281@code{wl-folder-hierarchy-access-folders} like following,
2282
2283@lisp
2284@group
2285(setq wl-folder-hierarchy-access-folders
2286     '("^-[^\\.]*$" "^-comp.unix$" "^-comp.unix.bsd$"))
2287@end group
2288@end lisp
2289
2290@noindent
2291you obtain the access group hierarchy as follows.
2292
2293@example
2294@group
2295   [-]-:912/912/3011
2296     [-]-fj:674/674/1314
2297       -fj.comp.announce:0/0/2
2298       -fj.comp.dev.cdrom:0/0/0
2299       @dots{}
2300     [+]-japan:238/238/1688
2301     [-]-comp:0/0/4
2302       [-]-comp.unix:0/0/0
2303         -comp.unix.admin:0/0/0
2304         -comp.unix.dos-under-unix:0/0/0
2305         -comp.unix.programmer:0/0/0
2306         [-]-comp.unix.bsd:0/0/23
2307           -comp.unix.bsd.freebsd.announce:0/0/0
2308     @dots{}
2309@end group
2310@end example
2311
2312If you opened @samp{-} in this example, only the direct children is created
2313(@samp{-fj}, @samp{-japan}, @samp{-tnn}, @dots{}).
2314second hierarchy (@samp{-fj.comp.announce}, @dots{}, @samp{-comp.unix}, @dots{})
2315is not created until the children access group is opened.
2316@end table
2317
2318
2319@node Folder Manager,  , Selecting Folder, Folder
2320@section Editing Folders
2321@cindex Folder Manager
2322@cindex Folder, Edit
2323@cindex Folder, Subscribe
2324@cindex Folder, Unsubscribe
2325
2326As described before, subscribed folder list is saved in @file{~/.folders} file.
2327But you don't have to edit @file{~/.folders} directly.
2328You can append, delete, edit folders from folder mode.
2329
2330@subsection Usage (Tips)
2331
2332@subsubsection Append Folder
2333
2334@kbd{m a} appends new folder to your folder list. If you enter non-existent
2335folder, it will ask you to create a new one.
2336@kbd{m g} appends new folder group.
2337To append new folder to this group, firstly open it,
2338then execute append command in the next line.
2339
2340@subsubsection Edit Folder
2341
2342You can cut folder by @kbd{C-k}, paste by @kbd{C-y}.
2343Thus, you can change folder position as if you were editing a normal file.
2344
2345@subsubsection Create Multi Folder
2346
2347@enumerate
2348@item
2349Type @kbd{m q} to clear @code{wl-fldmgr-cut-entity-list}.
2350@item
2351Cut folder by @kbd{C-k} or copy folder by @kbd{M-c}.
2352@item
2353Type @kbd{m m}, then you can create multi folder.
2354@end enumerate
2355
2356@subsubsection Delete Nickname, Filter
2357
2358You can delete nickname or filter by putting ``''(@var{NULL}) from the
2359minibuffer while appending.
2360
2361@subsubsection Append Folder to Empty Group
2362
2363To append new folder to the empty folder group
2364(after you create folder group by typing @kbd{m g}),
2365firstly open it, then execute append command in the next line.
2366If it is closed, folder is appended on the same level with
2367the folder group above. It is difficult to explain by words so try it.
2368In other words, appended position depends on the
2369open/close status of the upper one.
2370
2371@subsubsection Charset of the Folders File
2372
2373@code{wl-mime-charset} is used for saving @code{wl-folders-file}.
2374
2375@subsubsection Create Filter
2376
2377@kbd{m f} adds filter to the folder at the current cursor point.  To
2378create new filter folder and leave the current folder unchanged, copy it
2379@kbd{M-c}, make filter @kbd{m f} and paste it @kbd{C-y}.  Multiple
2380filter can be specified while appending filter.  If you put
2381``''(@var{NULL}), filter is deleted.
2382
2383@subsubsection Sort Folders
2384
2385Sorting of the folders is executed by the function specified by
2386@code{wl-fldmgr-sort-function}.
2387The initial setting is @code{wl-fldmgr-sort-standard},
2388which sorts alphabetically.
2389Sorting affects only on the current folder group. It does not
2390affect on the child groups.
2391
2392@subsubsection Hiding Folders in the Access Group
2393
2394Usually, access group displays all children folders, but you can set
2395some folders hidden. Following operations are only available on access
2396group.
2397
2398Command @code{wl-fldmgr-unsubscribe} (@kbd{u}) toggles the visibility
2399(subscribe/unsubscribe) of the folder at current cursor point.  Against
2400this, @code{wl-fldmgr-unsubscribe-region} (@kbd{U}) hides folders in the
2401specified region.
2402
2403Note that @code{wl-fldmgr-unsubscribe-region} does not toggle while
2404@code{wl-fldmgr-unsubscribe} toggles.  These two commands accept prefix
2405argument and if the argument has positive number, the unsubscribe it.
2406If the prefix argument has negative value, folder becomes visible and if
2407zero, folder visibility is toggled.
2408
2409The other commands, @code{wl-fldmgr-subscribe} and
2410@code{wl-fldmgr-subscribe-region} are also prepared (not binded to the
2411key).
2412
2413Moreover, if @code{wl-fldmgr-cut} or @code{wl-fldmgr-cut-region} is
2414executed in the access group, they have a same effect with
2415@code{wl-fldmgr-unsubscribe} and @code{wl-fldmgr-unsubscribe-region}.
2416The difference is that cut commands deletes folders from the current
2417buffer.
2418
2419@subsubsection Operations in the Access Group
2420
2421You can insert and delete folders in the access group like usual folder
2422group.  But insert and delete commands can be only available for the
2423children folders of the access group and they only sets the subscribe
2424status.  In other words, insertion of the folder means subscribing,
2425deletion means unsubscribing.
2426@footnote{In the current implementation,
2427it is faster to delete region than to unsubscribe region.}
2428
2429To update the access group when children folders are inserted or deleted
2430by other way (other than Wanderlust),
2431open the access group by typing @kbd{C-u @key{RET}}.
2432@xref{Selecting Folder}.
2433
2434The order of children folders of access group is saved after
2435insertion/deletion/sorting.
2436If you set @code{wl-force-fetch-folders} to non-nil or open access group
2437by typing @kbd{C-u @key{RET}}, disappeared folders are deleted and
2438newly created folders are inserted on the top of the access group.
2439
2440@subsection Key bindings
2441@cindex Keybind, Folder Mode
2442@cindex Keybind, Folder Buffer
2443
2444Key bindings on the folder mode related to folder editing are shown below.
2445All bindings starts with @kbd{m}, and primary commands are binded to
2446one stroke key binding.
2447
2448@table @kbd
2449@item m a
2450@kindex m a (Folder)
2451@findex wl-fldmgr-add
2452Add specified folder to your folder list . If you enter non-existent
2453folder, create it after confirmation.
2454(@code{wl-fldmgr-add})
2455
2456@item +
2457@itemx m g
2458@kindex + (Folder)
2459@kindex m g (Folder)
2460@findex wl-fldmgr-make-group
2461Create a folder group.
2462(@code{wl-fldmgr-make-group})
2463
2464@item m A
2465@kindex m A (Folder)
2466@findex wl-fldmgr-make-access-group
2467Create an access group.
2468(@code{wl-fldmgr-make-access-group})
2469
2470@item m d
2471@kindex m d (Folder)
2472@findex wl-fldmgr-delete
2473Delete folder itself and msgdb.
2474If the folder itself cannot be deleted like NNTP folder,
2475only msgdb is deleted.
2476(@code{wl-fldmgr-delete})
2477
2478@item R
2479@itemx m R
2480@kindex R (Folder)
2481@kindex m R (Folder)
2482@findex wl-fldmgr-rename
2483Change the name of folder or folder group.
2484msgdb's path is also changed.
2485(@code{wl-fldmgr-rename})
2486
2487@item *
2488@itemx m m
2489@kindex * (Folder)
2490@kindex m m(Folder)
2491@findex wl-fldmgr-make-multi
2492Create a multi folders in the cutlist (cut, copied folders).
2493(@code{wl-fldmgr-make-multi})
2494
2495@item |
2496@itemx m f
2497@kindex | (Folder)
2498@kindex m f (Folder)
2499@findex wl-fldmgr-make-filter
2500Create a filter folder. (Put a filter on the folder).
2501(@code{wl-fldmgr-make-filter})
2502
2503@item M-c
2504@itemx m c
2505@kindex M-c (Folder)
2506@kindex m c (Folder)
2507@findex wl-fldmgr-copy
2508Copy folder (it is not available on folder group).
2509(@code{wl-fldmgr-copy})
2510
2511@item M-w
2512@itemx m W
2513@kindex M-w (Folder)
2514@kindex m W (Folder)
2515@findex wl-fldmgr-copy-region
2516Copy folders in the specified region.
2517(@code{wl-fldmgr-copy-region})
2518
2519@item C-k
2520@itemx m k
2521@kindex C-k (Folder)
2522@kindex m k (Folder)
2523@findex wl-fldmgr-cut
2524Cut folder. Folder itself is not deleted.
2525(@code{wl-fldmgr-cut})
2526
2527@item C-w
2528@itemx m C-w
2529@kindex C-w (Folder)
2530@kindex m C-w (Folder)
2531@findex wl-fldmgr-cut-region
2532Cut folders in the specified region.
2533(@code{wl-fldmgr-cut-region})
2534
2535@item C-y
2536@itemx m y
2537@kindex C-y (Folder)
2538@kindex m y (Folder)
2539@findex wl-fldmgr-yank
2540Paste folders that are copied or cut (folders in the cut-list).
2541(@code{wl-fldmgr-yank})
2542
2543@item m p
2544@kindex m p (Folder)
2545@findex wl-fldmgr-set-petname
2546Put nickname on the folder.
2547(@code{wl-fldmgr-set-petname})
2548
2549@item m q
2550@kindex m q (Folder)
2551@findex wl-fldmgr-clear-cut-entity-list
2552Clear the cut-list. (cut, copied folder information is cleared,
2553you cannot paste after this)
2554(@code{wl-fldmgr-clear-cut-entity-list})
2555
2556@item m s
2557@kindex m s (Folder)
2558@findex wl-fldmgr-sort
2559Sort folders in the current folder group.
2560(@code{wl-fldmgr-sort})
2561
2562@item m C-s
2563@kindex m C-s (Folder)
2564@findex wl-fldmgr-save
2565Save current folder view to the @file{wl-folders-file}.
2566(@code{wl-fldmgr-save})
2567@end table
2568
2569[Following commands are only available on the access groups]
2570
2571@table @kbd
2572@item u
2573@itemx m u
2574@kindex u (Folder)
2575@kindex m u (Folder)
2576@findex wl-fldmgr-unsubscribe
2577Set the visibility of folder (subscribe/unsubscribe).
2578(@code{wl-fldmgr-unsubscribe})
2579
2580@item U
2581@itemx r u
2582@kindex U (Folder)
2583@kindex r u (Folder)
2584@findex wl-fldmgr-unsubscribe-region
2585Set the visibility of the folders (subscribe/unsubscribe) in the
2586specified region.
2587(@code{wl-fldmgr-unsubscribe-region})
2588
2589@item l
2590@itemx m l
2591@kindex l (Folder)
2592@kindex m l (Folder)
2593@findex wl-fldmgr-access-display-normal
2594List folders that are currently available.
2595(@code{wl-fldmgr-access-display-normal})
2596
2597@item L
2598@itemx m L
2599@kindex L (Folder)
2600@kindex m L (Folder)
2601@findex wl-fldmgr-access-display-all
2602List all folders regardless of the subscription status.
2603(@code{wl-fldmgr-access-display-all})
2604@end table
2605
2606
2607@subsection Customize variables
2608
2609@table @code
2610@item  wl-interactive-save-folders
2611@vindex wl-interactive-save-folders
2612The initial setting is @code{t}.  If non-nil and folder view is
2613modified, confirm saving it before Wanderlust or Emacs exits.  If
2614@code{nil}, save without confirmation.
2615
2616@item wl-fldmgr-make-backup
2617@vindex wl-fldmgr-make-backup
2618The initial setting is @code{t}.  If non-nil, @file{~/.folders.bak} is
2619created before saving the folder status.
2620
2621@item wl-fldmgr-sort-function
2622@vindex wl-fldmgr-sort-function
2623The initial setting is @code{wl-fldmgr-sort-standard}.  A function to
2624sort folders.  By default function, folders are sorted alphabetically
2625and folder group is put on top (when @code{wl-fldmgr-sort-group-first}
2626is non-nil).
2627
2628@item wl-fldmgr-sort-group-first
2629@vindex wl-fldmgr-sort-group-first
2630The initial setting is @code{t}.  If non-nil,
2631@code{wl-fldmgr-sort-standard} precedes folder group.  If @code{nil}, it
2632does not care whether it is folder group or not.
2633
2634@item wl-folder-check-async
2635@vindex wl-folder-check-async
2636The initial setting is @code{t}.  If non-nil, check folder's unread
2637status asynchronously.  It boosts newsgroup checking.
2638
2639@item wl-folder-check-fast
2640@vindex wl-folder-check-fast
2641The initial setting is @code{nil}.
2642If non-nil, it does not update folder status while checking.
2643@c it is obsolete?
2644@item wl-folder-notify-deleted
2645@vindex wl-folder-notify-deleted
2646The initial setting is @code{nil}.
2647@c  nil means?
2648If non-nil, negative value is displayed when the message is deleted.  If
2649@code{sync}, folder is synchronized when the message is deleted.  If
2650@code{nil}, message deletion is ignored.
2651
2652@item wl-fldmgr-add-complete-with-current-folder-list
2653@vindex wl-fldmgr-add-complete-with-current-folder-list
2654The initial setting is @code{nil}.
2655Non-nil means call @code{elmo-folder-list-subfolders} and get completion
2656candidate for @code{wl-fldmgr-add}.
2657@end table
2658
2659@subsection Miscellanea
2660
2661Following is a note for folder editing.
2662
2663@enumerate
2664@item
2665cut or copy stacks the folder in the @code{wl-fldmgr-cut-entity-list}.
2666paste(yank) command pastes the folders on one cut or copy command
2667(If copy command is executed by region, folders in the region are pasted
2668by one paste command)
2669
2670@item
2671You cannot cut @samp{Desktop} group.
2672Also, you cannot paste folders at the outside of the @samp{Desktop}.
2673
2674@item
2675You cannot copy folder group.
2676
2677@item
2678Operations on the access group are only available for the folders
2679in the same access group.
2680
2681@item
2682You cannot create a folder which has same name with the folders already exist.
2683
2684@item
2685You cannot insert folders which have same name in one group.
2686You can insert them in the different groups.
2687You cannot put same nickname to the different folders.
2688@end enumerate
2689
2690
2691@node Summary, Message, Folder, Top
2692@chapter Summary Mode
2693
2694After you select the folder via folder mode, you enter to the summary
2695mode.
2696
2697@menu
2698* Usage of Summary Mode::       TIPS
2699* Thread Operations::           Thread operations
2700* Cache::                       File cache, Buffer cache, and Prefetch
2701* Auto Refile::                 Auto refile settings
2702* Sticky Summary::              Summary make sticky
2703* Summary View::                Format of summary lines
2704* Mark and Action::             Temporary marks and their effect
2705* Key Bindings of Summary::     Key bindings
2706* Variables of Summary::        Customize Summary Mode
2707@end menu
2708
2709
2710@node Usage of Summary Mode, Thread Operations, Summary, Summary
2711@section Usage (Tips)
2712
2713@subsection Summary Content
2714
2715In the summary mode, messages are displayed like following.
2716
2717@example
2718@group
2719  377  09/16(Wed)11:57 [+1: Takuro Kitame  ] Bug?
2720  381  09/17(Thu)00:16 [+3: Fujikazu Okuni ] elmo-lha.el -- LHA interface
2721  384  09/17(Thu)01:32 [+1: Yuuichi Terani ] wl-0.6.2
2722  389 N09/18(Fri)01:07 [+2: Yuuichi Terani ] wl-0.6.3
2723@end group
2724@end example
2725
2726Each line displays:
2727
2728@example
2729@var{Message number}, @var{Temporal mark}, @var{Persistent mark}, @var{Date}, @var{Sender}, @var{Subject}
2730@end example
2731
2732@noindent
2733If you want to know how to change the format for this, please refer
2734the section format of Summary lines.
2735@xref{Summary View}.
2736
2737@var{Message number} is the message's unique number in the folder. In
2738the NNTP folder, it is article number, in the IMAP folder, it is UID and
2739in the MH folder, it is the filename of the message.
2740
2741@var{Temporal mark} and @var{Persistent mark} are described later.
2742
2743@var{Date} is displayed like @samp{@var{Month}/@var{Day}(@var{Week
2744Day})@var{Hour}:@var{Minute}}.  Default setting displays week day in
2745Japanese, but if you want to display it in English, set the value of
2746@code{wl-summary-weekday-name-lang} as @samp{en}.
2747
2748@var{Sender}'s indentation corresponds to the depth of the thread.
2749Sender name is displayed as nickname if it is defined in the address
2750book.  Set @code{wl-use-petname} as @code{nil}, if you want to quit
2751displaying with nickname.
2752
2753If number is printed at the head of @var{Sender} part like @samp{+2},
2754that means the message have 2 follow messages.
2755
2756@var{Subject} is the @samp{Subject:} header field of the message.  If
2757the message have same @samp{Subject:} with the parent message, it is not
2758displayed.  Some mailing list puts its sequence number in the
2759@samp{Subject:} field, but it is
2760ignored. @code{wl-summary-no-subject-message} is displayed when the
2761message has empty subject field.
2762
2763@subsection Temporary Marks
2764@cindex Mark, Temporary
2765
2766There are seven temporary marks,
2767@samp{*}, @samp{d}, @samp{D}, @samp{o}, @samp{O}, @samp{i} and @samp{~}.
2768Temporary marks indicates message operations.
2769
2770@table @samp
2771@item *
2772Target mark.
2773You can execute a command on the all messages that have @samp{*} mark,
2774with the key bindings which begins with @kbd{m}.
2775
2776@item d
2777The mark to dispose. You can put @samp{d} by typing @kbd{d} key.
2778
2779@item D
2780The mark to force delete. You can put @samp{D} by typing @kbd{D} key.
2781
2782@item o
2783The mark to refile.
2784After you type @kbd{o} key, prompt appears to input refile destination.
2785Your answer is printed in the summary line.
2786
2787@item O
2788The mark to refile.
2789You can put this mark by typing @kbd{O} key.
2790The difference between this mark and refile mark is,
2791this mark does not delete the message while latter does.
2792
2793@item i
2794The mark to prefetch reserved.
2795You can put this mark by typing @kbd{i} key.
2796
2797@item ~
2798The mark to resend reserved.
2799After you type @kbd{~} key, prompt appears to input address to resend.
2800Your answer is printed in the summary line.
2801@end table
2802
2803@kbd{x} key executes action for temporary marks, respectively.
2804
2805@subsection Persistent Marks
2806
2807There are ten persistent marks, @samp{!}, @samp{N}, @samp{n}, @samp{U},
2808@samp{u}, @samp{A}, @samp{a}, @samp{F}, @samp{f} and @samp{$}.
2809
2810The persistent mark indicates the message's status and it is saved.
2811Each persistent mark indicates:
2812
2813@table @samp
2814@item N
2815It is new message.
2816@item n
2817It is new message. It differs from @samp{N} that message with @samp{n}
2818is already cached.
2819@item U
2820It is unread message.
2821@item u
2822It is unread message. It differs from @samp{U} that message with @samp{u}
2823is already cached.
2824@item !
2825It is message already read. It differs from message without mark that
2826message with @samp{!} is not cached yet.
2827@item A
2828It is already replied message.
2829@item a
2830It is already replied message. It differs from @samp{A} that message
2831with @samp{a} is already cached.
2832@item F
2833It is already forwarded message.
2834@item f
2835It is already forwarded message. It differs from @samp{F} that message
2836with @samp{f} is already cached.
2837@item $
2838It is a message with some global flag.  It is convenient to put this
2839mark on the messages to remember (If you want to remember to write a
2840reply for the message, for example) because this mark remains after
2841you exited Emacs.  Messages with the @samp{$} mark can be reviewed in
2842the @samp{'flag} folder even the message itself is deleted in the actual
2843folder. You can put global flag by typing @kbd{$} or @kbd{F} key.
2844
2845@item None
2846If the message is read and cached (or local message),there are no
2847persistent mark.
2848@end table
2849
2850@samp{N}, @samp{U}, @samp{!}, @samp{A}, @samp{F} indicates that the
2851message have no cache.  Messages with the marks other than these, you
2852can read them in the offline status even they are in the IMAP folder or
2853netnews folder.
2854
2855Among messages with persistent marks, ones with marks specified by
2856@code{wl-summary-expire-reserve-marks} are excluded from the expiration
2857(as a function of wanderlust) explained later. @xref{Expire and Archive}.
2858
2859@subsection How To Read
2860
2861Basically, you can read messages only typing space key again and again.
2862
2863To update summary status to the newest status (synchronize),
2864type @kbd{s} key.
2865
2866You can jump to next unread message by typing @kbd{N} key, and @kbd{n} key
2867moves cursor to the next message.
2868Enter message buffer by typing @kbd{j} key.
2869To operate multipart, you have to enter to the message buffer.
2870@xref{Message}.
2871
2872@subsection Pack the Message Numbers
2873You can pack the message numbers in Summary by
2874@kbd{M-x wl-summary-pack-number}. Note that only MH Folder,
2875News Spool Folder and Maildir Folder are supported folder types.
2876
2877
2878@node Thread Operations, Cache, Usage of Summary Mode, Summary
2879@section Thread Operations
2880
2881For example, the following line indicates one thread (a context of a topic).
2882
2883@example
2884  384  09/17(Thu)01:32 [+1: Teranishi       ] wl-0.6.2
2885@end example
2886
2887@noindent
2888If you type @kbd{/} on this line, the thread is opened and it changes
2889the appearance like following.
2890
2891@example
2892@group
2893  384  09/17(Thu)01:32 [ Teranishi          ] wl-0.6.2
2894  388  09/17(Thu)22:34 +-[ Murata san         ]
2895@end group
2896@end example
2897
2898(Message 388 is the replied message to the message 384.)
2899If you type @kbd{/} key once again, the thread is closed.
2900With prefix argument, @kbd{/} opens all children threads.
2901
2902If you type @kbd{[}, opens all threads in summary.  @kbd{]} closes all
2903threads.
2904
2905Commands with the key binding that begins with @kbd{t} executes commands
2906on the messages in the thread.
2907@xref{Key Bindings of Summary}.
2908
2909@subsection reconstruct thread by hand
2910
2911You can reconstruct the thread manually.  In Summary, @kbd{M-w}
2912(@code{wl-summary-save-current-message}) at the corresponding message,
2913and @kbd{C-y} (@code{wl-summary-yank-saved-message}) at the new parent
2914message then you have the reconstructed thread.
2915
2916
2917@node Cache, Auto Refile, Thread Operations, Summary
2918@section Cache
2919
2920@subsection Cache File
2921
2922The messages which have to access via network (e.x. IMAP, NNTP folder)
2923are cached as a local file so as to save network traffic or to enable
2924off-line operation.  The cache file is saved under the directory
2925@file{~/.elmo/cache}.  To expire cache, type @kbd{M-x
2926elmo-cache-expire-by-size}.  The command deletes cache files to the
2927specified size by the order of last accessed time.
2928
2929@subsection Cache Filename
2930
2931@vindex elmo-msgid-to-cache-max-length
2932@vindex elmo-msgid-to-cache-algorithm
2933A filename of cache file is generated from Message-ID with minimal
2934modification.  But if Message-ID is very long, cache file can't be
2935created.  To avoid it, filename's length is kept constant by hash
2936function when filename is longer than
2937@code{elmo-msgid-to-cache-max-length}'s value.  When the value of this
2938variable is @code{nil}, this feature is disabled.  An algorithm of hash
2939is indicated by @code{elmo-msgid-to-cache-algorithm}.
2940
2941Changing the value of these variables, existing cache files may be
2942unused.
2943
2944@subsection Buffer Cache and Prefetching
2945
2946The messages that are read are kept in the cache buffer so as to make
2947the behavior fast when you are to read the message again.  It is called
2948`buffer cache'. The number of cache buffer is specified by
2949@code{wl-message-buffer-cache-size}.
2950
2951There are message prefetching mechanism in the Wanderlust that
2952prefetches next message while you are reading.
2953
2954You can control the message prefetching mechanism by these two
2955variables.
2956
2957@table @code
2958@item wl-message-buffer-prefetch-folder-type-list
2959@vindex wl-message-buffer-prefetch-folder-type-list
2960The initial setting is @code{'(imap4 nntp)}.  If it is a list of folder
2961types, it specifies the folder types in which message prefetching is
2962enabled. In initial setting, messages are prefetch only in the nntp and
2963imap4 folders. In this case, multi folder that contains localdir and
2964imap4 prefetches only imap4 messages. This variable precedes the value of
2965@code{wl-message-buffer-prefetch-folder-list}.
2966To prefetch messages in all folder types, specify @code{t}.
2967
2968@item wl-message-buffer-prefetch-folder-list
2969@vindex wl-message-buffer-prefetch-folder-list
2970The initial setting is @code{nil}.
2971A list of regexp of folders to enable message prefetching.
2972
2973@item wl-message-buffer-prefetch-depth
2974@vindex wl-message-buffer-prefetch-depth
2975The initial setting is 1. The number of messages for automatical prefetch.
2976
2977@item wl-message-buffer-prefetch-idle-time
2978@vindex wl-message-buffer-prefetch-idle-time
2979The initial setting is 1 (in seconds). The period of automatical prefetch.
2980
2981@item wl-message-buffer-prefetch-threshold
2982@vindex wl-message-buffer-prefetch-threshold
2983The initial setting is 30000 (bytes). If prefetching message has larger
2984size than this value, Wanderlust does not prefetch automatically.
2985If @code{wl-message-buffer-prefetch-threshold} is @code{nil},
2986the message is not checked for the size.
2987
2988@item wl-auto-prefetch-first
2989@vindex wl-auto-prefetch-first
2990The initial setting is @code{nil}.
2991If non-nil, first message is automatically prefetched to the buffer
2992when you enter the folder.
2993@end table
2994
2995
2996@node Auto Refile, Sticky Summary, Cache, Summary
2997@section Auto Refile
2998@vindex elmo-msgdb-extra-fields
2999@vindex wl-refile-rule-alist
3000@findex wl-summary-auto-refile
3001
3002You can refile messages automatically, by typing @kbd{C-o}
3003(@code{wl-summary-auto-refile}). It decides destination of refile by
3004the content of the message header information (information in the msgdb).
3005
3006By default, @samp{From:}, @samp{Subject:}, @samp{To:} and @samp{Cc:} is
3007available.  If you want to decide destination by other header fields,
3008set the variable @code{elmo-msgdb-extra-fields} like following.
3009
3010@lisp
3011@group
3012(setq elmo-msgdb-extra-fields
3013      '("x-ml-name"
3014        "reply-to"
3015        "sender"
3016        "mailing-list"
3017        "newsgroups"))
3018@end group
3019@end lisp
3020
3021@noindent
3022By this setting, Wanderlust saves extra fields in the msgdb.  You have
3023to type @kbd{s all} to get extra fields for the messages that are
3024already in the summary.
3025
3026Then, specify the refile rule.  The refile target folder of auto
3027refiling is decided by the value of @code{wl-refile-rule-alist}.
3028@code{wl-refile-rule-alist} is a list of a rule:
3029
3030@example
3031@group
3032(@var{field} (@var{regexp} . @var{target})
3033       (@var{regexp} . @var{target})
3034       @dots{})
3035@end group
3036@end example
3037
3038Each rule means `if @var{field} value matches @var{regexp},
3039then refile to @var{target} folder'.
3040The rule matched first is applied.
3041
3042@var{field} is a string of field name.  You can specify a list of field name
3043string, too. In this case, if one of these fields is matched, then the
3044rule is fired (i.e. OR condition).
3045
3046@var{regexp} is a regular expression for field value.  @var{target} is a target
3047folder string. You can specify a rule at @var{target} part, too.  In this
3048case, If the field value of the rule and the current rule is matched,
3049then the current rule is fired (i.e. AND condition).
3050
3051You can refer matched substring of @var{regexp} to specify @var{target} part.
3052To refer substring, use following keys:
3053
3054@table @samp
3055@item \&
3056means substitute original matched text.
3057
3058@item \@var{N}
3059means substitute what matched the @var{N}th `\(@dots{}\)'.
3060(@var{N} is a number.)
3061@end table
3062
3063Following is an example of @code{wl-refile-rule-alist}.
3064
3065@lisp
3066@group
3067(setq wl-refile-rule-alist
3068      '(("x-ml-name"
3069         ("^Wanderlust" . "+wl")
3070         ("^Elisp" . "+elisp"))
3071        (("To" "Cc")
3072         ("\\([a-z]+\\)@@gohome\\.org" . "+\\1"))
3073        ("From"
3074         ("me@@gohome\\.org" . ("To" ("you@@gohome\\.org" .
3075                                    "+from-me-to-you"))))))
3076@end group
3077@end lisp
3078
3079After these settings, refile marks are automatically put on the condition
3080matched messages by typing @kbd{C-o} (@code{wl-summary-auto-refile}).
3081
3082Messages which have @code{wl-summary-auto-refile-skip-marks} is skipped
3083auto refiling.
3084By default, @samp{N}, @samp{U} and @samp{!} is specified, so the messages
3085with these persistent marks are not automatically refiled.
3086It means Wanderlust does not execute auto refile on unread messages by
3087the default setting.
3088To execute auto refile on all messages, set following.
3089
3090@lisp
3091(setq wl-summary-auto-refile-skip-marks nil)
3092@end lisp
3093
3094
3095@node Sticky Summary, Summary View, Auto Refile, Summary
3096@section Sticky Summary
3097@cindex Summary, Sticky
3098@cindex Sticky Summary
3099
3100The buffer of the `sticky summary' does not killed by typing @kbd{q}.
3101
3102By entering the summary by typing @kbd{Shift RET} in Folder mode or
3103@kbd{G} in some summary sticky summary buffer is created.
3104Also typing @kbd{M-S} (@code{wl-summary-stick}) on the normal summary
3105makes current one sticky.
3106
3107The buffer name of the sticky summary becomes like
3108@samp{Summary:@var{folder-name}}.
3109You can visit the sticky summary at any time by @kbd{C-x b}
3110(@code{switch-to-buffer}), or you can go round summary buffers by
3111@kbd{C-c C-n} (@code{wl-summary-previous-buffer}) and @kbd{C-c C-p}
3112(@code{wl-summary-next-buffer}) in summary mode.
3113
3114In sticky summary, the summary buffer is preserved after @kbd{g} or
3115@kbd{q}.  To delete sticky summary, type @kbd{C-u q} to exit or move to
3116another summary by @kbd{C-u g}. Other operations in the sticky summary
3117are same as normal summary.
3118
3119@code{wl-summary-always-sticky-folder-list} specifies the folders that
3120are automatically stuck.
3121
3122
3123@node Summary View, Mark and Action, Sticky Summary, Summary
3124@section Format of summary lines
3125@cindex Format of summary lines
3126@vindex wl-summary-line-format
3127@vindex wl-summary-line-format-spec-alist
3128@vindex wl-folder-summary-line-format-alist
3129@vindex wl-summary-default-number-column
3130@vindex wl-summary-number-column-alist
3131
3132You can alter the format of lines in Summary mode.
3133
3134Summary line format is specified by @code{wl-summary-line-format}.
3135You can use control strings defined by
3136@code{wl-summary-line-format-spec-alist}.
3137
3138An example follows.
3139
3140@lisp
3141@group
3142;; @r{number temporary-mark persistent-mark date branch}
3143;; @r{[ (number-of-children) sender ] subject}
3144(setq wl-summary-line-format "%n%T%P%M/%D(%W) %t%[%17(%c %f%) %] %s")
3145@end group
3146@end lisp
3147
3148Where the number set the column number of the field. If negative value,
3149the column is filled from right. If the number begins with @samp{0},
3150@samp{0} is used for filling columns instead of @samp{ }.
3151
3152Example:
3153
3154@example
3155@group
3156%5l   -> `1    '
3157%-05l -> `00001'
3158@end group
3159@end example
3160
3161
3162Major control strings defined by @code{wl-summary-line-format-spec-alist}
3163are displayed in the following list.
3164
3165@example
3166@group
3167%n  message number
3168%T  temporary mark
3169%P  persistent mark
3170%Y  year
3171%M  month
3172%D  day
3173%W  day of week
3174%h  hour
3175%m  minute
3176%t  branch of the thread
3177%[  [ (< for re-connected child)
3178%]  ] (> for re-connected child)
3179%f  sender
3180%s  subject
3181%S  size
3182%c  +number-of-children: (display only for opened thread)
3183%C  [+number-of-children] (display only for opened thread)
3184%#  mailing list information (`(' ML-name [ ` ' ML-number ] `)')
3185%l  number in the mailing list
3186%@@ `@@' only if the first MIME part is multipart/mixed
3187%~  ` ' only if previous column is not empty
3188@end group
3189@end example
3190
3191If you want to change the width of message number (@samp{%n}), modify
3192@code{wl-summary-default-number-column} or
3193@code{wl-summary-number-column-alist}.
3194
3195The temporary mark (@samp{%T}) and persistent mark (@samp{%P}) must
3196appear at the constant column. For example, if you specify @samp{%T} or
3197@samp{%P} after the @samp{%t}, which changes its length by thread
3198position, marks are not treated correctly.
3199
3200If the format string is enclosed by @samp{%number(} and @samp{%)}, the
3201column of the enclosed region is justified to the `number'. Multiple
3202level @samp{%number(} parenthesis can be defined.  It is useful to
3203justify the column of the multiple control strings.  For example, in the
3204above @code{wl-summary-line-format},
3205
3206@example
3207%17(%c %f%)
3208@end example
3209
3210means ``Adjust number-of-children and sender string to the 17 column''.
3211
3212You can specify the format by each folders with
3213@code{wl-folder-summary-line-format-alist}.  Please set regular
3214expression for folder names and summary line format as the following
3215example.
3216
3217@lisp
3218@group
3219(setq wl-folder-summary-line-format-alist
3220      '(("^%" . "%T%P%M/%D(%W)%h:%m %t%[%17(%c %f%) %] %s")
3221        ("^+" . "%n%T%P%M/%D %[ %17f %] %t%C%s")))
3222@end group
3223@end lisp
3224
3225@subsection on the format for sender name
3226
3227The format string @samp{%f} displays the return value of the function specified
3228by @code{wl-summary-from-function}. If you use the function
3229@code{wl-summary-default-from} (default), it displays sender name ordinarily,
3230while displays the recipient names if the folder name matches with
3231@code{wl-summary-showto-folder-regexp} and the sender is yourself.
3232If the value of @code{wl-use-petname} is Non-nil, it uses petname to display.
3233
3234For example, to display recipient names for the message in @samp{+backup} if
3235its sender is yourself, set up as follows.
3236
3237@lisp
3238(setq wl-summary-showto-folder-regexp "^\\+backup$")
3239@end lisp
3240
3241
3242@node Mark and Action, Key Bindings of Summary, Summary View, Summary
3243@section Temporary marks and their effect
3244@cindex Mark and Action
3245
3246You can define temporary marks and corresponding procedure by
3247@code{wl-summary-mark-action-list}.  Initially, refile (@samp{o}), copy
3248(@samp{O}), dispose (@samp{d}), delete (@samp{D}), prefetch (@samp{i})
3249and resend (@samp{~}) are defined.
3250
3251Each element of @code{wl-summary-mark-action-list} consists of
3252
3253@example
3254(@samp{MARK} @samp{SYMBOL}
3255 @samp{ARGUMENT-FUNCTION} @samp{SET-MARK-FUNCTION} @samp{EXEC-FUNCTION}
3256 @samp{FACE} @samp{DOC-STRING})
3257@end example
3258
3259@samp{MARK} is a temporary mark string, and @samp{SYMBOL} is the name of
3260the action to be defined.  @samp{ARGUMENT-FUNCTION} is a function to
3261generate argument to be given to @samp{SET-MARK-FUNCTION}, which will be
3262described next, and it takes arguments:
3263
3264@example
3265(@samp{ACTION} @samp{NUMBER})
3266@end example
3267
3268Where @samp{ACTION} equals to @samp{SYMBOL}, and @samp{NUMBER} is message
3269number.  @samp{SET-MARK-FUNCTION} is a function to be called when the mark
3270is put. It takes arguments:
3271
3272@example
3273(@samp{NUMBER} @samp{MARK} @samp{DATA})
3274@end example
3275
3276Where @samp{NUMBER} is target message number, @samp{MARK} is a temporary
3277mark string, and @samp{DATA} is given by @samp{ARGUMENT-FUNCTION}.
3278
3279@samp{EXEC-FUNCTION} is a function to be called when the action is
3280executed. Its argument is a list of @samp{MARK-INFO}.  Here @samp{MARK-INFO}
3281means a list consists of
3282
3283@example
3284(@samp{NUMBER} @samp{MARK} @samp{DATA})
3285@end example
3286
3287@samp{FACE} is a face to be used for highlighting.
3288
3289
3290@node Key Bindings of Summary, Variables of Summary, Mark and Action, Summary
3291@section Key bindings
3292@cindex Keybind, Summary Mode
3293@cindex Keybind, Summary Buffer
3294
3295Key bindings of the summary mode are shown below.
3296
3297@table @kbd
3298@item @key{SPC}
3299@kindex @key{SPC} (Summary)
3300@findex wl-summary-read
3301Proceed reading a message at the current cursor point.
3302(@code{wl-summary-read})
3303
3304@item .
3305@kindex . (Summary)
3306@findex wl-summary-redisplay
3307Redisplay a message at the current cursor point with default display
3308type.  If this command is called with prefix argument, reload and redisplay
3309message regardless of the message cache.
3310If this command is called with twice multiples @kbd{C-u} as @kbd{C-u C-u .},
3311reload and redisplay message with current display type regardless of the
3312message cache.  (@code{wl-summary-redisplay})
3313
3314@item <
3315@kindex < (Summary)
3316@findex wl-summary-display-top
3317Display the top message in the folder.
3318(@code{wl-summary-display-top})
3319
3320@item >
3321@kindex > (Summary)
3322@findex wl-summary-display-bottom
3323Display the bottom message in the folder.
3324(@code{wl-summary-display-bottom})
3325
3326@item @key{BS}
3327@itemx @key{DEL}
3328@kindex @key{BS} (Summary)
3329@kindex @key{DEL} (Summary)
3330Display the previous page of the message at the current cursor point.
3331@findex wl-summary-prev-page
3332(@code{wl-summary-prev-page})
3333
3334@item @key{RET}
3335@kindex @key{RET} (Summary)
3336@findex wl-summary-enter-handler
3337Display the next line of the message at the current cursor point.
3338Display the message at the current cursor point if it is not displayed
3339yet.  (@code{wl-summary-next-line-content}) If prefix argument is
3340specified, message is scrolled up by one line.
3341(@code{wl-summary-prev-line-content}) If prefix argument is numeric,
3342cursor is jumped to the message with specified number.
3343
3344@item -
3345@itemx M-@key{RET}
3346@kindex - (Summary)
3347@kindex M-@key{RET} (Summary)
3348@findex wl-summary-prev-line-content
3349Display the previous line of the message at the current cursor point.
3350Display the message at the current cursor point if it is not displayed yet.
3351(@code{wl-summary-prev-line-content})
3352
3353@item /
3354@kindex / (Summary)
3355@findex wl-thread-open-close
3356Toggle open or close the thread at the current cursor point.
3357With prefix argument, open all children threads.
3358(@code{wl-thread-open-close})
3359
3360@item [
3361@kindex [ (Summary)
3362Open all threads.
3363@findex wl-thread-open-all
3364(@code{wl-thread-open-all})
3365
3366@item ]
3367@kindex ] (Summary)
3368Close all threads.
3369@findex wl-thread-close-all
3370(@code{wl-thread-close-all})
3371
3372@item g
3373@kindex g (Summary)
3374@findex wl-summary-goto-folder
3375Go to other folder.
3376(@code{wl-summary-goto-folder})
3377
3378@item c
3379@kindex c (Summary)
3380Mark all messages in the folder as read.
3381@findex wl-summary-mark-as-read-all
3382(@code{wl-summary-mark-as-read-all})
3383
3384@item a
3385@kindex a (Summary)
3386@findex wl-summary-reply
3387Prepare a draft for reply the message at the current cursor point.
3388(@code{wl-summary-reply})
3389
3390@item A
3391@kindex A (Summary)
3392@findex wl-summary-reply-with-citation
3393Prepare a draft for reply the message at the current cursor point.
3394(@code{wl-summary-reply-with-citation})
3395
3396@item C
3397@kindex C (Summary)
3398@findex wl-summary-cancel-message
3399If the message at current cursor point is your own netnews article,
3400cancel it.
3401(@code{wl-summary-cancel-message})
3402
3403@item E
3404@kindex E (Summary)
3405@findex wl-summary-reedit
3406Prepare a draft for re-editing the message at current cursor point.
3407If the message at current cursor point is your own netnews article,
3408a draft for `supersedes message' for the message is prepared.
3409(@code{wl-summary-reedit})
3410
3411@item M-E
3412@kindex M-E (Summary)
3413@findex wl-summary-resend-bounced-mail
3414If the message at current cursor point is a bounced message,
3415a draft for re-sending original message is prepared.
3416(@code{wl-summary-resend-bounced-mail})
3417
3418@item f
3419@kindex f (Summary)
3420@findex wl-summary-forward
3421A draft for forwarding the message at current cursor point is prepared.
3422(@code{wl-summary-forward})
3423
3424@item $
3425@kindex $ (Summary)
3426@findex wl-summary-mark-as-important
3427Put @samp{important} flag on the message at current cursor point.
3428If already flagged as @samp{important}, remove the flag.  If it is
3429called with prefix argument, ask global flag to put similarly to @kbd{F}.
3430(@code{wl-summary-mark-as-important})
3431
3432@item F
3433@kindex F (Summary)
3434@findex wl-summary-set-flags
3435Put arbitrary global flag entered in the minibuffer.  If you use Emacs
343621 or later, you can specify multiple flags separated by @samp{,}
3437simultaneously.  If it is called with prefix argument, remove existent
3438global flags.
3439(@code{wl-summary-set-flags})
3440
3441@item y
3442@itemx e
3443@kindex y (Summary)
3444@kindex e (Summary)
3445Save the message at current cursor point.
3446@findex wl-summary-save
3447(@code{wl-summary-save})
3448
3449@item n
3450@kindex n (Summary)
3451@findex wl-summary-next
3452Move cursor to the next message.
3453If message is marked with a temporal mark in
3454@code{wl-summary-skip-mark-list}, cursor is not moved to it.
3455In the offline mode, cursor is not moved to the messages which are not cached
3456yet.
3457(@code{wl-summary-next})
3458
3459@item p
3460@kindex p (Summary)
3461@findex wl-summary-prev
3462Move cursor to the previous message.
3463If message is marked with a temporal mark in
3464@code{wl-summary-skip-mark-list}, cursor is not moved to it.
3465In the offline mode, cursor is not moved to the messages which are not cached
3466yet.
3467(@code{wl-summary-prev})
3468
3469@item N
3470@kindex N (Summary)
3471@findex wl-summary-down
3472Move cursor to the downward message which is unread or marked
3473as @samp{$}.
3474In the offline mode, cursor is not moved to the messages which are not cached
3475yet.
3476If there are messages which have target mark @samp{*} in the summary,
3477cursor is moved to the downward message which have a target mark.
3478This behavior is changed according to the value of @code{wl-summary-move-order}.
3479(@code{wl-summary-down})
3480
3481@item P
3482@kindex P (Summary)
3483@findex wl-summary-up
3484Move cursor to the upward message which is unread or marked
3485as @samp{$}.
3486In the offline mode, cursor is not moved to the messages which are not cached
3487yet.
3488If there are messages which have target mark @samp{*} in the summary,
3489cursor is moved to the downward message which have a target mark.
3490This behavior is changed according to the value of @code{wl-summary-move-order}.
3491(@code{wl-summary-up})
3492
3493@item w
3494@kindex w (Summary)
3495@findex wl-summary-write
3496Prepare a new draft.
3497(@code{wl-summary-write})
3498
3499@item W
3500@kindex W (Summary)
3501@findex wl-summary-write-current-folder
3502Prepare a new draft.  If the current folder is NNTP folder,
3503@samp{Newsgroups:} field is completed.  If the current folder is mailing
3504list folder (refile destination), guess @samp{To:} field and completed
3505(If @code{wl-subscribed-mailing-list} is valid list)
3506(@code{wl-summary-write-current-folder})
3507
3508@item H
3509@kindex H (Summary)
3510@findex wl-summary-toggle-all-header
3511Toggle display type between all and partial header fields and redisplay
3512the message at current cursor point.  If this command is called with
3513prefix argument, reload and redisplay message regardless of the message cache.
3514If this command is called with twice multiples @kbd{C-u} as @kbd{C-u C-u H},
3515set default display type of summary by current display type of header fields.
3516(@code{wl-summary-toggle-all-header})
3517
3518@item M
3519@kindex M (Summary)
3520@findex wl-summary-toggle-mime
3521Toggle display type for MIME analysis and redisplay the message at
3522current cursor point.  A change is performed in the order set as
3523@code{wl-summary-display-mime-mode-list}.  If this command is called
3524with numeric prefix argument, it switch directly as follows.
3525
3526@example
3527@group
35281: Enable MIME analysis.
35292: Enable MIME analysis only for header fields.
35303: Disable MIME analysis.
3531@end group
3532@end example
3533
3534If this command is called with twice multiples @kbd{C-u} as @kbd{C-u C-u
3535M}, set default display type of summary by current display type of MIME
3536analysis.  (@code{wl-summary-toggle-mime})
3537
3538@item C-c C-f
3539@kindex C-c C-f (Summary)
3540@findex wl-summary-toggle-header-narrowing
3541Toggle header body narrowing of the message at current cursor point.
3542(@code{wl-summary-toggle-header-narrowing})
3543
3544@item B
3545@kindex B (Summary)
3546@findex wl-summary-burst
3547If the message at current cursor point has
3548encapsulates multiple messages using MIME,
3549de-capsulate and extract them on the current folder.
3550If it is invoked in non-writable folder or it is called with prefix
3551argument, it asks the destination folder.
3552(@code{wl-summary-burst})
3553
3554@item @@
3555@kindex @@ (Summary)
3556@findex wl-summary-edit-addresses
3557Append/change/delete the message's sender information to the address
3558book @file{~/.addresses} interactively.  If this command is called with
3559prefix argument, arbitrary address can be edited.
3560(@code{wl-summary-edit-petname})
3561
3562@item Z
3563@kindex Z (Summary)
3564@findex wl-status-update
3565Sync up address book status with @file{~/.addresses}'s content.
3566(@code{wl-status-update})
3567
3568@item |
3569@kindex | (Summary)
3570@findex wl-summary-pipe-message
3571Pipe current message's content to the external process.
3572(@code{wl-summary-pipe-message})
3573
3574@item #
3575@kindex # (Summary)
3576@findex wl-summary-print-message
3577Print out current message's content.
3578It uses @code{ps-print} module.
3579If you don't use color printer, you might want to set
3580@code{wl-ps-print-buffer-function} to @code{ps-print-buffer}.
3581
3582@lisp
3583(setq wl-ps-print-buffer-function 'ps-print-buffer)
3584@end lisp
3585
3586(@code{wl-summary-print-message})
3587
3588@item q
3589@kindex q (Summary)
3590@findex wl-summary-exit
3591Exit current folder.
3592(@code{wl-summary-exit})
3593
3594@item j
3595@kindex j (Summary)
3596@findex wl-summary-jump-to-current-message
3597Jump cursor to the currently displayed message's window.
3598(@code{wl-summary-jump-to-current-message})
3599
3600@item J
3601@kindex J (Summary)
3602Jump cursor to the other message.
3603@findex wl-summary-jump-to-msg
3604(@code{wl-summary-jump-to-msg})
3605
3606@item I
3607@kindex I (Summary)
3608Update summary status and
3609prefetch all messages which have marks included in the
3610@code{wl-summary-incorporate-marks}.
3611@findex wl-summary-incorporate
3612(@code{wl-summary-incorporate})
3613
3614@item M-j
3615@kindex M-j (Summary)
3616@findex wl-summary-jump-to-msg-by-message-id
3617Jump cursor to the message which have specified @samp{Message-Id:}.
3618
3619@item ^
3620@kindex ^ (Summary)
3621Jump to parent message.
3622@findex wl-summary-jump-to-parent-message
3623(@code{wl-summary-jump-to-parent-message})
3624
3625@item !
3626@kindex ! (Summary)
3627@findex wl-summary-mark-as-unread
3628Mark as unread the message at current cursor point.
3629(@code{wl-summary-mark-as-unread})
3630
3631@item s
3632@kindex s (Summary)
3633@findex wl-summary-sync
3634Synchronize summary view after prompting the update range.
3635You can specify one of the follows.
3636
3637@example
3638@group
3639all              Discard present msgdb and retrieve all informations.
3640                 Do not retrieve killed messages.
3641all-entirely     Discard present msgdb and retrieve all informations.
3642                 Retrieve killed messages, too.
3643update           Update the difference between informations in present
3644                 msgdb and in current folder instance.
3645                 Do not retrieve killed messages.
3646update-entirely  Update the difference between informations in present
3647                 msgdb and in current folder instance.
3648                 Retrieve killed messages, too.
3649rescan           Redisplay summary by rescanning present msgdb.
3650rescan-noscore   Redisplay summary by rescanning present msgdb.
3651                 Display messages killed by score, too.
3652rescan-thread    Redisplay summary by rescanning present msgdb.
3653                 Reconstruct thread, too.
3654cache-status     Sync the all marks with the real status of cache.
3655mark             Update marks.
3656no-sync          Do nothing.
3657first:NUM        Move to the filter folder(partial filter).
3658last:NUM         Move to the filter folder(partial filter).
3659@end group
3660@end example
3661
3662@noindent
3663(@code{wl-summary-sync})
3664
3665@item S
3666@kindex S (Summary)
3667@findex wl-summary-sort
3668Sort summary order.
3669You can sort by @samp{date}, @samp{from}, @samp{number}, @samp{subject},
3670@samp{size} and @samp{list-info}.
3671With prefix argument, sort summary lines into reverse order.
3672(@code{wl-summary-sort})
3673
3674@item T
3675@kindex T (Summary)
3676@findex wl-summary-toggle-thread
3677Toggle the threading. The state will be preserved after exiting
3678Wanderlust. You can alter default state for newly created summary
3679by @code{wl-summary-default-view} or @code{wl-summary-default-view-alist}.
3680Threading status is displayed on the modeline.
3681@samp{@{S@}} means threading is off (Sequence) and
3682@samp{@{T@}} means threading is on (Thread).
3683(@code{wl-summary-toggle-thread})
3684
3685@item l
3686@kindex l (Summary)
3687@findex wl-summary-toggle-disp-folder
3688Toggle displaying of folder window.
3689(@code{wl-summary-toggle-disp-folder})
3690
3691@item v
3692@kindex v (Summary)
3693Toggle displaying of message window.
3694@findex wl-summary-toggle-disp-msg
3695(@code{wl-summary-toggle-disp-msg})
3696
3697@item V
3698@kindex V (Summary)
3699Move to the virtual folder (filter folder) with the condition specified.
3700If called with prefix argument and current folder is virtual, exit it.
3701@findex wl-summary-virtual
3702(@code{wl-summary-virtual})
3703
3704@item @key{TAB}
3705@kindex @key{TAB} (Summary)
3706@findex wl-summary-goto-last-displayed-msg
3707Jump to the message which is displayed last.
3708(@code{wl-summary-goto-last-displayed-msg})
3709
3710@item ?
3711@kindex ? (Summary)
3712Put @samp{*} mark on the messages that satisfies the specified condition.
3713If messages already have @samp{*} mark, new @samp{*} marks are overridden.
3714If prefix argument is specified, current @samp{*} marks are removed and
3715new @samp{*} marks are appended.
3716
3717@findex wl-summary-pick
3718(@code{wl-summary-pick})
3719
3720@item R
3721@kindex R (Summary)
3722@findex wl-summary-mark-as-read
3723Mark as read the message at the current cursor point.
3724(@code{wl-summary-mark-as-read})
3725
3726@item x
3727@kindex x (Summary)
3728Execute action for all temporary marks in the summary buffer.
3729@findex wl-summary-exec
3730(@code{wl-summary-exec})
3731
3732@item *
3733@kindex * (Summary)
3734@findex wl-summary-target-mark-line
3735Put target mark on the message at the current cursor point.
3736(@code{wl-summary-target-mark-line}) @xref{Mark and Action}.
3737
3738@item o
3739@kindex o (Summary)
3740Put refile mark on the message at the current cursor point.
3741@findex wl-summary-refile
3742(@code{wl-summary-refile}) @xref{Mark and Action}.
3743
3744@item C-o
3745@kindex C-o (Summary)
3746Execute auto refile.
3747@findex wl-summary-auto-refile
3748(@code{wl-summary-auto-refile})
3749
3750@item O
3751@kindex O (Summary)
3752Put copy mark on the message at the current cursor point.
3753@findex wl-summary-copy
3754(@code{wl-summary-copy}) @xref{Mark and Action}.
3755
3756@item M-o
3757@kindex M-o (Summary)
3758Put refile mark on the message at the current cursor point with the destination
3759previously specified.
3760@findex wl-summary-refile-prev-destination
3761(@code{wl-summary-refile-prev-destination})
3762
3763@item d
3764@kindex d (Summary)
3765@findex wl-summary-dispose
3766Put disposal mark on the message at the current cursor point.
3767The result of disposal is controlled by @code{wl-dispose-folder-alist},
3768refiled to @code{wl-trash-folder} by default.
3769(@code{wl-summary-dispose}) @xref{Mark and Action}.
3770
3771@item D
3772@kindex D (Summary)
3773@findex wl-summary-delete
3774Put force deletion mark on the message at the current cursor point.
3775(@code{wl-summary-delete}) @xref{Mark and Action}.
3776
3777@item i
3778@kindex i (Summary)
3779Put prefetch reservation mark on the message at the current cursor point.
3780@findex wl-summary-prefetch
3781(@code{wl-summary-prefetch}) @xref{Mark and Action}.
3782
3783@item ~
3784@kindex ~ (Summary)
3785@findex wl-summary-resend
3786Put resend reservation mark on the message at the current cursor point.
3787(@code{wl-summary-resend}) @xref{Mark and Action}.
3788
3789@item u
3790@kindex u (Summary)
3791@findex wl-summary-unmark
3792Unmark the temporal mark on the message at the current cursor point.
3793(@code{wl-summary-unmark})
3794
3795@item U
3796@kindex U (Summary)
3797Unmark all the temporal marks.
3798@findex wl-summary-unmark-all
3799(@code{wl-summary-unmark-all})
3800
3801@item r R
3802@kindex r R (Summary)
3803@findex wl-summary-mark-as-read-region
3804Mark as read messages in the specified region.
3805(@code{wl-summary-mark-as-read-region})
3806
3807@item r $
3808@kindex r $ (Summary)
3809@findex wl-summary-mark-as-important-region
3810Put @samp{important} flag on messages in the specified region.
3811If already flagged as @samp{important}, remove the flag.
3812(@code{wl-summary-mark-as-important-region})
3813
3814@item r F
3815@kindex r F (Summary)
3816@findex wl-summary-set-flags-region
3817Put arbitrary global flag entered in the minibuffer on messages in
3818specified region.
3819(@code{wl-summary-set-flags-region})
3820
3821@item r !
3822@kindex r ! (Summary)
3823@findex wl-summary-mark-as-unread-region
3824Mark as unread messages in the specified region.
3825(@code{wl-summary-mark-as-unread-region})
3826
3827@item r x
3828@kindex r x (Summary)
3829@findex wl-summary-exec-region
3830Execute action for each temporary marks on the messages in the
3831specified region.
3832(@code{wl-summary-exec-region})
3833
3834@item r *
3835@kindex r * (Summary)
3836@findex wl-summary-target-mark-region
3837Put target mark on the messages in the specified region.
3838(@code{wl-summary-target-mark-region}) @xref{Mark and Action}.
3839
3840@item r o
3841@kindex r o (Summary)
3842@findex wl-summary-refile-region
3843Put refile mark on the messages in the specified region.
3844(@code{wl-summary-refile-region}) @xref{Mark and Action}.
3845
3846@item r O
3847@kindex r O (Summary)
3848@findex wl-summary-copy-region
3849Put copy mark on the messages in the specified region.
3850(@code{wl-summary-copy-region}) @xref{Mark and Action}.
3851
3852@item r d
3853@kindex r d (Summary)
3854@findex wl-summary-dispose-region
3855Put disposal mark on the messages in the specified region.
3856(@code{wl-summary-dispose-region}) @xref{Mark and Action}.
3857
3858@item r D
3859@kindex r D (Summary)
3860@findex wl-summary-delete-region
3861Put force deletion mark on the messages in the specified region.
3862(@code{wl-summary-delete-region}) @xref{Mark and Action}.
3863
3864@item r i
3865@kindex r i (Summary)
3866@findex wl-summary-prefetch-region
3867Put prefetch reservation mark on messages in the specified region.
3868(@code{wl-summary-prefetch-region}) @xref{Mark and Action}.
3869
3870@item r u
3871@kindex r u (Summary)
3872@findex wl-summary-unmark-region
3873Delete temporal mark on the messages in the specified region.
3874(@code{wl-summary-unmark-region})
3875
3876@item r y
3877@kindex r y (Summary)
3878Save messages in the specified region.
3879@findex wl-summary-save-region
3880(@code{wl-summary-save-region})
3881
3882@item t R
3883@kindex t R (Summary)
3884@findex wl-thread-mark-as-read
3885Mark as read messages which are the descendant of the current thread.
3886With prefix argument, it affects on the all messages in the thread tree.
3887(@code{wl-thread-mark-as-read})
3888
3889@item t $
3890@kindex t $ (Summary)
3891@findex wl-thread-mark-as-important
3892Put @samp{important} flag on the messages which are the descendant of
3893the current thread.  If already flagged as @samp{important}, remove the
3894flag.  With prefix argument, it affects on the all messages in the
3895thread tree.
3896(@code{wl-thread-mark-as-important})
3897
3898@item t F
3899@kindex t F (Summary)
3900@findex wl-thread-set-flags
3901Put arbitrary global flag entered in the minibuffer on the messages
3902which are the descendant of the current thread.  With prefix argument,
3903it affects on the all messages in the thread tree.
3904(@code{wl-thread-set-flags})
3905
3906@item t !
3907@kindex t ! (Summary)
3908@findex wl-thread-mark-as-unread
3909Mark as unread messages which are the descendant of the current thread.
3910With prefix argument, it affects on the all messages in the thread tree.
3911(@code{wl-thread-mark-as-unread})
3912
3913@item t x
3914@kindex t x (Summary)
3915@findex wl-thread-exec
3916Execute action for temporary marks on the messages which are
3917the descendant of the current thread.  With prefix argument, it affects
3918on the all messages in the thread tree.
3919(@code{wl-thread-exec})
3920
3921@item t *
3922@kindex t * (Summary)
3923@findex wl-thread-target-mark
3924Put target mark @samp{*} on the messages which are the descendant of the
3925current thread.  With prefix argument, it affects on the all messages in
3926the thread tree.
3927(@code{wl-thread-target-mark}) @xref{Mark and Action}.
3928
3929@item t o
3930@kindex t o (Summary)
3931@findex wl-thread-refile
3932Put refile mark on the messages which are the descendant of the current thread.
3933With prefix argument, it affects on the all messages in the thread tree.
3934(@code{wl-thread-refile}) @xref{Mark and Action}.
3935
3936@item t O
3937@kindex t O (Summary)
3938@findex wl-thread-copy
3939Put copy mark on the messages which are the descendant of the current thread.
3940With prefix argument, it affects on the all messages in the thread tree.
3941(@code{wl-thread-copy}) @xref{Mark and Action}.
3942
3943@item t d
3944@kindex t d (Summary)
3945@findex wl-thread-dispose
3946Put disposal mark on the messages which are the descendant of the current thread.
3947With prefix argument, it affects on the all messages in the thread tree.
3948(@code{wl-thread-dispose}) @xref{Mark and Action}.
3949
3950@item t D
3951@kindex t D (Summary)
3952@findex wl-thread-delete
3953Put force deletion mark on the messages which are the descendant of the
3954current thread.
3955(@code{wl-thread-delete}) @xref{Mark and Action}.
3956
3957@item t i
3958@kindex t i (Summary)
3959@findex wl-thread-prefetch
3960Put prefetch reservation mark on messages which are the descendant of
3961the current thread.
3962(@code{wl-thread-prefetch}) @xref{Mark and Action}.
3963
3964@item t u
3965@kindex t u (Summary)
3966@findex wl-thread-unmark
3967Unmark temporal mark on the messages which are the descendant of the
3968current thread. With prefix argument, it affects on the all messages in
3969the thread tree.
3970(@code{wl-thread-unmark})
3971
3972@item t y
3973@kindex t y (Summary)
3974@findex wl-thread-save
3975Save messages which are the descendant of the current thread.
3976With prefix argument, it affects on the all messages in the thread tree.
3977(@code{wl-thread-save})
3978
3979@item m R
3980@kindex m R (Summary)
3981@findex wl-summary-target-mark-mark-as-read
3982Mark as read all messages which have target mark @samp{*}.
3983(@code{wl-summary-target-mark-mark-as-read})
3984
3985@item m $
3986@kindex m $ (Summary)
3987@findex wl-summary-target-mark-mark-as-important
3988Put @samp{important} flag on all messages which have target mark @samp{*}.
3989If already flagged as @samp{important}, remove the flag.
3990(@code{wl-summary-target-mark-mark-as-important})
3991
3992@item m F
3993@kindex m F (Summary)
3994@findex wl-summary-target-mark-set-flags
3995Put arbitrary global flag entered in the minibuffer on all messages
3996which have target mark @samp{*}.
3997(@code{wl-summary-target-mark-set-flags})
3998
3999@item m !
4000@kindex m ! (Summary)
4001@findex wl-summary-target-mark-mark-as-unread
4002Mark as unread all messages which have target mark @samp{*}.
4003(@code{wl-summary-target-mark-mark-as-unread})
4004
4005@item m o
4006@kindex m o (Summary)
4007@findex wl-summary-target-mark-refile
4008Put refile mark on the messages which have target mark @samp{*}.
4009(@code{wl-summary-target-mark-refile}) @xref{Mark and Action}.
4010
4011@item m O
4012@kindex m O (Summary)
4013@findex wl-summary-target-mark-copy
4014Put copy mark on the messages which have target mark @samp{*}.
4015(@code{wl-summary-target-mark-copy}) @xref{Mark and Action}.
4016
4017@item m d
4018@kindex m d (Summary)
4019@findex wl-summary-target-mark-dispose
4020Put disposal mark on the messages which have target mark @samp{*}.
4021(@code{wl-summary-target-mark-dispose}) @xref{Mark and Action}.
4022
4023@item m D
4024@kindex m D (Summary)
4025@findex wl-summary-target-mark-delete
4026Put force deletion mark on the messages which have target mark @samp{*}.
4027(@code{wl-summary-target-mark-delete}) @xref{Mark and Action}.
4028
4029@item m i
4030@kindex m i (Summary)
4031@findex wl-summary-target-mark-prefetch
4032Put prefetch reservation mark on messages which have target mark @samp{*}.
4033(@code{wl-summary-target-mark-prefetch}) @xref{Mark and Action}.
4034
4035@item m y
4036@kindex m y (Summary)
4037@findex wl-summary-target-mark-save
4038Save messages which have target mark @samp{*}.
4039(@code{wl-summary-target-mark-save})
4040
4041@item m u
4042@kindex m u (Summary)
4043Unmark all temporal marks.
4044(@code{wl-summary-delete-all-temp-marks})
4045@findex wl-summary-delete-all-temp-marks
4046
4047@item m a
4048@kindex m a (Summary)
4049Put target mark @samp{*} on the all messages.
4050(@code{wl-summary-target-mark-all})
4051@findex wl-summary-target-mark-all
4052
4053@item m t
4054@kindex m t (Summary)
4055Put target mark @samp{*} on the messages in the current thread.
4056@findex wl-summary-target-mark-thread
4057(@code{wl-summary-target-mark-thread})
4058
4059@item m T
4060@kindex m T (Summary)
4061Put target mark @samp{*} on all the messages of the threads which
4062contain already target marked message.
4063@findex wl-summary-target-mark-threads
4064(@code{wl-summary-target-mark-threads})
4065
4066@item m r
4067@kindex m r (Summary)
4068@findex wl-summary-target-mark-region
4069Put target mark @samp{*} on the messages in the specified region.
4070(@code{wl-summary-target-mark-region})
4071
4072@item m A
4073@kindex m A (Summary)
4074@findex wl-summary-target-mark-reply-with-citation
4075Prepare a draft which cites all messages which have target mark @samp{*}.
4076(@code{wl-summary-target-mark-reply-with-citation})
4077
4078@item m f
4079@kindex m f (Summary)
4080@findex wl-summary-target-mark-forward
4081Prepare a draft which forwards all messages which have target mark @samp{*}.
4082(@code{wl-summary-target-mark-forward})
4083
4084@item m U
4085@kindex m U (Summary)
4086@findex wl-summary-target-mark-uudecode
4087Uudecode the messages which have target mark @samp{*}.
4088(@code{wl-summary-target-mark-uudecode})
4089
4090@item m ?
4091@kindex m ? (Summary)
4092@findex wl-summary-target-mark-pick
4093Pick messages from the @samp{*} marked messages.
4094That is, @samp{*} marks on the messages are remained
4095if the specified condition is satisfied.
4096(@code{wl-summary-target-mark-pick})
4097
4098@item m #
4099@kindex m # (Summary)
4100@findex wl-summary-target-mark-print
4101Print out all messages which have target mark @samp{*}.
4102(@code{wl-summary-target-mark-print})
4103
4104@item m |
4105@kindex m | (Summary)
4106@findex wl-summary-target-mark-pipe
4107Pipe content of each message with target mark @samp{*} to some specified
4108external process.
4109(@code{wl-summary-target-mark-pipe})
4110
4111@item M-t
4112@kindex M-t (Summary)
4113@findex wl-toggle-plugged
4114Toggle offline/online status of Wanderlust.
4115(@code{wl-toggle-plugged})
4116
4117@item C-t
4118@kindex C-t (Summary)
4119Start Wanderlust's plug-status manager.
4120(@code{wl-plugged-change})
4121
4122@item C-c C-o
4123@kindex C-c C-o (Summary)
4124@findex wl-jump-to-draft-buffer
4125Move to the draft buffer if available.  If multiple draft buffer exists,
4126moved to one after another.  If prefix argument is specified, load draft
4127folder's message to the draft buffer and jump to it.
4128(@code{wl-jump-to-draft-buffer})
4129
4130@item M-w
4131@kindex M-w (Summary)
4132@findex wl-summary-save-current-message
4133Save the message at the current cursor point.
4134(@code{wl-summary-save-current-message})
4135
4136@item C-y
4137@kindex C-y (Summary)
4138@findex wl-summary-yank-saved-message
4139Regard the message at the current cursor point as
4140parent, connect the message saved by
4141@code{wl-summary-save-current-message}
4142to the thread.
4143(@code{wl-summary-yank-saved-message})
4144
4145@item C-x C-s
4146@kindex C-x C-s (Summary)
4147@findex wl-summary-save-status
4148Save the current summary.
4149(@code{wl-summary-save-status})
4150@end table
4151
4152
4153@node Variables of Summary,  , Key Bindings of Summary, Summary
4154@section Customiziable variables
4155
4156@table @code
4157@item wl-summary-move-order
4158@vindex wl-summary-move-order
4159The initial setting is @code{unread}.  Specify cursor moving policy.  If
4160you want to precede new messages, set @code{new}.  If you want to
4161precede unread messages, set @code{unread}.  If @code{nil}, proceed to
4162next message.
4163
4164@item wl-auto-select-first
4165@vindex wl-auto-select-first
4166The initial setting is @code{nil}.
4167If non-nil, first message is automatically displayed when you enter
4168the folder.
4169
4170@item wl-auto-select-next
4171@vindex wl-auto-select-next
4172The initial setting is @code{nil}. This controls behavior when there is
4173no unread message in current summary.
4174
4175@example
4176nil: asks whether you want to go back to folder mode
4177'unread: asks whether you want to go to next unread folder
4178  If the next one comes to be possessing no unread message
4179  by treatment of cross-posted messages or Scoring, then
4180  asks whether you want to go to next to next folder.
4181'skip-no-unread: similar as unread
4182  But does not ask before going to next to next folder.
4183otherwise: asks whether you want to go to next unread folder
4184@end example
4185
4186It might be useful to set @code{'skip-no-unread} for people who
4187want to continue reading by just pressing and pressing space key.
4188
4189@item wl-thread-insert-opened
4190@vindex wl-thread-insert-opened
4191The initial setting is @code{nil}.
4192If non-nil, thread is inserted as opened.
4193
4194@item wl-thread-open-reading-thread
4195@vindex wl-thread-open-reading-thread
4196The initial setting is @code{t}.  If non-nil, reading thread is
4197automatically opened though it is closed thread.
4198
4199@item wl-summary-exit-next-move
4200@vindex wl-summary-exit-next-move
4201The initial setting is @code{t}.  If non-nil, move to next folder at
4202summary exit.
4203
4204@item wl-folder-move-cur-folder
4205@vindex wl-folder-move-cur-folder
4206The initial setting is @code{nil}.  If non-nil, cursor position on the
4207folder is moved.
4208
4209@item wl-summary-weekday-name-lang
4210@vindex  wl-summary-weekday-name-lang
4211Specify language of the weekday.
4212@samp{en} displays English, @samp{fr} displays French, @samp{de}
4213displays Deutsch. You should rescan summary view after changing this value.
4214
4215@item wl-summary-fix-timezone
4216@vindex wl-summary-fix-timezone
4217The initial setting is @code{nil}.
4218Time zone of the date string in summary mode is adjusted using this value.
4219If @code{nil}, it is adjust to the default time zone information
4220(system's default time zone or environment variable @samp{TZ}).
4221
4222@item wl-use-petname
4223@vindex  wl-use-petname
4224The initial setting is @code{t}.
4225If non-nil, sender part displays nickname.
4226
4227@item wl-break-pages
4228@vindex  wl-break-pages
4229The initial setting is @code{t}.
4230If non-nil, message is split as pages by @samp{^L}.
4231
4232@item wl-summary-from-function
4233@vindex wl-summary-from-function
4234Format function to display sender in summary.
4235The initial setting is @code{wl-summary-default-from}.
4236
4237@item wl-summary-no-from-message
4238@vindex  wl-summary-no-from-message
4239The initial setting is @samp{nobody@@nowhere?}.  A string which is
4240displayed when there's no @samp{From:} field in the message.
4241
4242@item wl-summary-subject-function
4243@vindex wl-summary-subject-function
4244Format function to display subject in summary.
4245The initial setting is @code{wl-summary-default-subject} and
4246it will cut the list name part etc. on the top of the subject.
4247To display subject as it is, set as follows.
4248
4249@lisp
4250(setq wl-summary-subject-function 'identity)
4251@end lisp
4252
4253@item wl-summary-no-subject-message
4254@vindex  wl-summary-no-subject-message
4255The initial setting is @samp{(WL:No Subject in original.)}.  A string
4256which is displayed when there's no @samp{Subject:} field in the message.
4257
4258@item wl-summary-default-view
4259@vindex wl-summary-default-view
4260The initial setting is @code{'thread}.
4261The default state for newly created summary. You can set either
4262@code{'thread} for thread view or @code{'sequence} for sequential view.
4263
4264@item wl-summary-order
4265@vindex wl-summary-order
4266The initial setting is @code{'ascending}.
4267Specify order of messages in summary buffer.
4268Note that messages in a thread are always listed in ascending order
4269even if this value is @code{'descending}.
4270
4271@item wl-summary-nobreak-char-display
4272@vindex wl-summary-nobreak-char-display
4273The initial setting is @code{nil}.
4274@code{nobreak-char-display} is overridden by this value in Summary
4275buffer.
4276
4277@item wl-summary-use-frame
4278@vindex wl-summary-use-frame
4279The initial setting is @code{nil}.
4280If non-nil, use new frame for the summary.
4281
4282@item wl-use-folder-petname
4283@vindex  wl-use-folder-petname
4284The initial setting is the list shown below:
4285
4286@lisp
4287@group
4288(modeline)
4289@end group
4290@end lisp
4291
4292@noindent
4293A list of display policy (symbol) of folder nickname.  Available symbols
4294are:
4295
4296@table @code
4297@item modeline
4298Display folder petname on modeline.
4299@item ask-folder
4300Destination folder is notified as nickname if
4301@code{wl-auto-select-next} is non-nil.
4302@item read-folder
4303You can input folder name by nickname in the function
4304@code{wl-summary-read-folder}.
4305@end table
4306
4307@item wl-summary-move-direction-toggle
4308@vindex  wl-summary-move-direction-toggle
4309The initial setting is @code{t}.  If non-nil, last executed @kbd{p},
4310@kbd{P}, @kbd{n}, @kbd{N} toggles the direction of cursor move.  If you
4311want to aware of reading direction, set this to @code{t}.
4312
4313@item wl-summary-width
4314@vindex  wl-summary-width
4315The initial setting is 80.
4316Width of summary line. If @code{nil}, summary line's width is as is.
4317
4318@item wl-summary-print-argument-within-window
4319@vindex wl-summary-print-argument-within-window
4320The initial setting is @code{nil}.
4321If non-nil, the action argument is always printed on right side of
4322window.
4323
4324@item wl-summary-indent-length-limit
4325@vindex  wl-summary-indent-length-limit
4326The initial setting is 46.
4327Specify the limit of thread indent level. @code{nil} means unlimited
4328indent level.
4329If you set this to @code{nil} you should set @code{wl-summary-width}
4330to @code{nil}, too.
4331
4332@item wl-summary-max-thread-depth
4333@vindex wl-summary-max-thread-depth
4334The initial setting is 15.
4335If thread depth of the message is larger than this value,
4336the thread is divided.
4337
4338@item wl-summary-recenter
4339@vindex  wl-summary-recenter
4340The initial setting is t.
4341If non-nil, cursor point is moved to the center of the summary window.
4342
4343@item wl-summary-max-thread-depth
4344@vindex wl-summary-max-thread-depth
4345The initial setting is 30.
4346If thread depth is larger than this value, divide it.
4347
4348@item wl-summary-divide-thread-when-subject-changed
4349@vindex wl-summary-divide-thread-when-subject-changed
4350The initial setting is @code{nil}.  If non-nil, thread is split if
4351the subject is changed.
4352
4353@item wl-summary-search-via-nntp
4354@vindex wl-summary-search-via-nntp
4355The initial setting is @code{confirm}.
4356
4357If non-nil and @code{wl-summary-jump-to-msg-by-message-id} failed, call
4358@code{wl-summary-jump-to-msg-by-message-id-via-nntp} and search message
4359from the NNTP server @code{elmo-nntp-default-server}.  The value of
4360@code{elmo-nntp-default-user}, @code{elmo-nntp-default-port},
4361@code{elmo-nntp-default-stream-type} are used.
4362
4363If @code{confirm}, server name can be specified. You can specify NNTP
4364folder format like @samp{-:username@@servername:119!}.
4365
4366@item wl-summary-keep-cursor-command
4367@vindex wl-summary-keep-cursor-command
4368The initial setting is the list shown below:
4369
4370@lisp
4371@group
4372(wl-summary-goto-folder wl-summary-goto-last-visited-folder)
4373@end group
4374@end lisp
4375
4376@noindent
4377When you entered to summary by these commands and the target summary
4378buffer already exists, summary status is not automatically updated and
4379cursor position is saved.
4380
4381@item elmo-folder-update-threshold
4382@vindex elmo-folder-update-threshold
4383The initial setting is 500.  If updated message number is larger than
4384this value, confirm whether drop them or not (in the case where the value
4385of @code{elmo-folder-update-confirm} is non-nil).
4386
4387@item elmo-folder-update-confirm
4388@vindex elmo-folder-update-confirm
4389The initial setting is @code{t}. If the value is non-nil, do check with
4390@code{elmo-folder-update-threshold}.
4391
4392@item wl-summary-always-sticky-folder-list
4393@vindex wl-summary-always-sticky-folder-list
4394The initial setting is @code{nil}.
4395@code{wl-summary-always-sticky-folder-list} specifies the folders that
4396are automatically stuck. Each element is regexp of folder name.
4397
4398@item wl-summary-reserve-mark-list
4399@vindex wl-summary-reserve-mark-list
4400The initial setting is the list shown below:
4401
4402@lisp
4403@group
4404("o" "O" "D" "d" "i")
4405@end group
4406@end lisp
4407
4408@noindent
4409If a message is already marked as temporal marks in this list, the
4410message is not marked by any mark command.
4411
4412@item wl-summary-skip-mark-list
4413@vindex wl-summary-skip-mark-list
4414The initial setting is the list shown below:
4415
4416@lisp
4417@group
4418("D" "d")
4419@end group
4420@end lisp
4421
4422@noindent
4423If a message is already marked as temporal marks in this list, the
4424message is skipped at cursor move.
4425
4426@item elmo-message-fetch-threshold
4427@vindex elmo-message-fetch-threshold
4428The initial setting is 30000 (bytes).  If displaying message has larger
4429size than this value, Wanderlust confirms whether fetch the message or
4430not (in the case where the value of @code{elmo-message-fetch-confirm}
4431is non-nil).
4432
4433@item elmo-message-fetch-confirm
4434@vindex elmo-message-fetch-confirm
4435The initial setting is @code{t}. If the value is non-nil, do check with
4436@code{elmo-message-fetch-threshold}.
4437
4438@item wl-prefetch-threshold
4439@vindex wl-prefetch-threshold
4440The initial setting is 30000 (bytes). If prefetching message has larger
4441size than this value and @code{wl-prefetch-confirm} is non-nil,
4442Wanderlust confirms whether prefetch the message or not.  If
4443@code{wl-prefetch-threshold} is @code{nil}, the message is prefetched
4444without confirmation.
4445
4446@item wl-prefetch-confirm
4447@vindex wl-prefetch-confirm
4448The initial setting is @code{t}. If non-nil, Wanderlust confirms whether
4449prefetch the message or not if the message has larger size than
4450@code{wl-prefetch-threshold}.
4451
4452@item elmo-imap4-use-cache
4453@vindex elmo-imap4-use-cache
4454The initial setting is @code{t}.  If non-nil, messages read via IMAP4
4455are cached.
4456
4457@item elmo-nntp-use-cache
4458@vindex elmo-nntp-use-cache
4459The initial setting is @code{t}.  If non-nil, messages read via NNTP are
4460cached.
4461
4462@item elmo-pop3-use-cache
4463@vindex elmo-pop3-use-cache
4464The initial setting is @code{t}.  If non-nil, messages read via POP3 are
4465cached.
4466
4467@item elmo-shimbun-use-cache
4468@vindex elmo-shimbun-use-cache
4469The initial setting is @code{t}.  If non-nil, messages read in Shimbun
4470folders are cached.
4471
4472@item wl-summary-resend-use-cache
4473@vindex wl-summary-resend-use-cache
4474The initial setting is @code{nil}.  If non-nil, messages are resend
4475using cache even in the offline status. Note that if you use cache,
4476the message identity is not guaranteed.
4477
4478@item wl-folder-process-duplicates-alist
4479@vindex wl-folder-process-duplicates-alist
4480The initial setting is @code{nil}.
4481This list determines how to deal with duplicated messages in the same folder.
4482Each item in the list is regexp of folder name and action; you can specify any
4483one of the following in the place of action:
4484
4485@example
4486@code{nil} : do nothing for duplicated messages.
4487@code{hide} : hide duplicated messages from the summary.
4488@code{read} : set duplicated messages as read.
4489@end example
4490
4491@noindent
4492Following is an example (hide duplicated messages in multi folders)
4493
4494@lisp
4495@group
4496(setq wl-folder-process-duplicates-alist
4497                 '(("^\\+draft$" . nil) ("^\\+trash$" . nil)
4498                   ("^\\*.*" . hide) (".*" . read)))
4499@end group
4500@end lisp
4501
4502@item wl-summary-flag-alist
4503@vindex wl-summary-flag-alist
4504The initial setting is as follows:
4505
4506@lisp
4507@group
4508((important "orange"))
4509@end group
4510@end lisp
4511
4512Specify the color and the mark of message in summary buffer with flag.
4513If the mark are omitted, the mark specified in the variable
4514@code{wl-summary-flag-mark} is assumed.  If multiple global flags are on
4515one message, the former flag in this list is preferred.
4516
4517Example:
4518
4519@lisp
4520@group
4521(setq wl-summary-flag-alist
4522      '((important "purple")
4523        (todo "red")
4524        (business "green" "B")
4525        (private "blue" "X")))
4526@end group
4527@end lisp
4528
4529@item wl-summary-display-mime-mode-list
4530@vindex wl-summary-display-mime-mode-list
4531The initial setting is the list shown below:
4532
4533@lisp
4534@group
4535(mime as-is)
4536@end group
4537@end lisp
4538
4539@noindent
4540The function @code{wl-summary-toggle-mime} switch specification of MIME
4541analysis in the order of this list. You can specify one of the follows.
4542
4543@example
4544@code{mime}        : Header and body are decoded.
4545@code{header-only} : Only header is decoded.
4546@code{as-is}       : Header and body are not decoded.
4547@end example
4548@end table
4549
4550
4551@node Message, Draft, Summary, Top
4552@chapter Message Buffer
4553
4554Message Buffers utilize MIME-View mode of SEMI.  For operational
4555procedures and key bindings, refer to respective documents.
4556@xref{MIME-View, , ,mime-ui-en, a MIME user interface for GNU Emacs}.
4557You can also see help by @kbd{?} in message buffer.
4558
4559@kbd{p} at the top of a message or @kbd{n} at the bottom of a message
4560brings you back to Summary mode.  @kbd{l} toggles display of Summary
4561mode buffer.
4562
4563@section Key Bindings
4564
4565@table @kbd
4566
4567@item l
4568@kindex l (Message)
4569@findex wl-message-toggle-disp-summary
4570Toggles display of Summary buffer.
4571(@code{wl-message-toggle-disp-summary})
4572
4573@item Button-2
4574@findex wl-message-refer-article-or-url
4575@kindex Button-2 (Message)
4576Assumes @samp{Message-ID:} at the mouse pointer, and shows the
4577corresponding message if found.
4578(@code{wl-message-refer-article-or-url})
4579
4580@item Button-4 (upward movement of a wheel)
4581@kindex Button-4 (Message)
4582@findex wl-message-wheel-down
4583Scrolls the message backwards.  When the top of the message is hit,
4584moves to the previous message.
4585(@code{wl-message-wheel-down})
4586
4587@item Button-5 (downward movement of a wheel)
4588@kindex Button-5 (Message)
4589@findex wl-message-wheel-up
4590Scrolls the message forward.  When the bottom of the message is hit,
4591moves to the next message.
4592(@code{wl-message-wheel-up})
4593
4594@item D
4595@kindex D (Message)
4596@findex wl-message-delete-current-part
4597Delete the part under cursor. In fact it appends modified message to
4598the current folder then moves old one to trash folder. Therefore the
4599message number will be changed.
4600(@code{wl-message-delete-current-part})
4601@end table
4602
4603@section Customizable Variables
4604
4605@table @code
4606@item wl-message-window-size
4607@vindex wl-message-window-size
4608Initial setting is @code{(1 . 4)}.  It is a cons cell and the ratio of
4609its car and cdr value corresponds to the ratio of Summary and Message
4610windows.
4611
4612@item wl-message-ignored-field-list
4613@vindex wl-message-ignored-field-list
4614Initial setting is @code{nil}.
4615All fields that match this list will be hidden in message buffer.
4616Each elements are regexp of field-name.
4617If @code{nil}, the value of @code{mime-view-ignored-field-list} is used.
4618
4619@item wl-message-visible-field-list
4620@vindex wl-message-visible-field-list
4621Initial setting is @code{nil}.
4622All fields that match this list will be display in message buffer.
4623Each elements are regexp of field-name. This value precedes
4624@code{wl-message-ignored-field-list}.
4625If @code{nil}, the value of @code{mime-view-visible-field-list} is used.
4626
4627@item wl-message-sort-field-list
4628@vindex wl-message-sort-field-list
4629Initial setting is
4630'("Return-Path" "Received" "^To" "^Cc" "Newsgroups" "Subject" "^From").
4631Header fields in message buffer are ordered by this value.
4632Each elements are regexp of field-name.
4633
4634@item wl-message-truncate-lines
4635@vindex wl-message-truncate-lines
4636The initial value is the value of @code{default-truncate-lines}.
4637If it is non-nil, truncate long lines in message buffer.
4638
4639@item wl-message-auto-reassemble-message/partial
4640@vindex wl-message-auto-reassemble-message/partial
4641The initial setting is @code{nil}.
4642If non-nil, automatically reassemble fragments of the message on
4643displaying when its MIME media type is message/partial.
4644@end table
4645
4646@node Draft, Disconnected Operations, Message, Top
4647@chapter Draft Buffer
4648
4649At Summary mode, pressing @kbd{w} and the like creates a new draft
4650buffer.  You can edit and send mail and news articles in this buffer.
4651
4652By pressing @kbd{W}, Wanderlust guess addressees and prepare draft buffer
4653with those if possible.
4654
4655@menu
4656* Usage of Draft Mode::         TIPS
4657* Key Bindings of Draft::       Key bindings
4658* Variables of Draft Mode::     Customize Draft Mode
4659@end menu
4660
4661@node Usage of Draft Mode, Key Bindings of Draft, Draft, Draft
4662@section Tips
4663
4664Basically it is Emacs-standard mail mode.
4665
4666@menu
4667* Parameters for Sending::
4668* Editing Header::
4669* Editing Message Body and Sending::
4670* Dynamical Message Re-arrangement::
4671* Template::
4672* POP-before-SMTP::
4673@end menu
4674
4675@node Parameters for Sending, Editing Header, Usage of Draft Mode, Usage of Draft Mode
4676@subsection Parameters for Sending
4677
4678According to the information of servers to send messages, configure
4679following variables.
4680
4681@table @code
4682@item wl-smtp-posting-server
4683The name of the SMTP server used for mail transmission.
4684
4685@item wl-smtp-posting-port
4686The SMTP port number for mail transmission.
4687Without configuration, use default SMTP port number (25).
4688
4689@item wl-nntp-posting-server
4690The name of NNTP server used for news submission.
4691Without configuration, use @code{elmo-nntp-default-server}.
4692
4693@item wl-nntp-posting-port
4694The NNTP port number for news submission.
4695Without configuration, use @code{elmo-nntp-default-port}.
4696@end table
4697
4698You may configure following variables on demand. See section
4699Variables of Draft Mode for detail @xref{Variables of Draft Mode}.
4700
4701@table @code
4702@item wl-smtp-posting-user
4703User name for authentication by SMTP AUTH.
4704
4705@item wl-smtp-authenticate-type
4706The authentication method for SMTP AUTH.
4707Without configuration, authentication will not be carried out.
4708
4709@item wl-smtp-authenticate-realm
4710The authentication realm for SMTP AUTH.
4711Without configuration, authentication realm will not be specified.
4712
4713@item wl-smtp-connection-type
4714Specify how to establish SMTP connections.
4715
4716@item wl-nntp-posting-user
4717User name for AUTHINFO authentication on news submission.
4718
4719@item wl-nntp-posting-stream-type
4720Specify how to establish NNTP connections.
4721@end table
4722
4723@node Editing Header, Editing Message Body and Sending, Parameters for Sending, Usage of Draft Mode
4724@subsection Editing Message Header
4725
4726You can freely edit header region above @samp{--text follows this line--},
4727until you invoke the sending operation.
4728
4729Initially, the cursor is at the @samp{To:} field.  Fill in recipients
4730addresses.  @kbd{@key{TAB}} completes them.
4731
4732You can use following headers to specify recipients. Add some of them
4733by yourself. Field names can be completed by @kbd{@key{TAB}}.
4734
4735@table @asis
4736@item @samp{Newsgroups:}
4737Specify newsgroups to which you post the news article.
4738
4739@item @samp{Cc:}
4740Specify addresses to send a copy (Carbon Copy) of the message.
4741@end table
4742
4743Following ones are removed from the header contents before sending.
4744
4745@table @asis
4746@item @samp{Bcc:}
4747Specify addresses to send a copy (Blind Carbon Copy) of the message.
4748
4749@item @samp{Fcc:}
4750Specify folders in which a copy of the message is saved.
4751
4752@item @samp{Ecc:}
4753Specify recipients to send encapsulated copy of the message.
4754@end table
4755
4756You can add initial headers by following variables.
4757
4758@table @code
4759
4760@item wl-fcc
4761@vindex wl-fcc
4762The initial setting is @code{nil}.
4763If non-nil, the value of this variable is inserted as a @samp{Fcc:} of
4764the draft when it is prepared.  If function is specified, its return
4765value is used.
4766
4767@item wl-bcc
4768@vindex wl-bcc
4769The initial setting is @code{nil}.
4770If non-nil, the value of this variable is inserted as a @samp{Bcc:} of
4771the draft when it is prepared.
4772@end table
4773
4774@node Editing Message Body and Sending, Dynamical Message Re-arrangement, Editing Header, Usage of Draft Mode
4775@subsection Editing Messages and Sending
4776
4777As a matter of course, editing message body can be performed in the same
4778way as usual writing. You may write message body under
4779@samp{--text follows this line--} line. (NOTE: Be sure to leave the line
4780@samp{--text follows this line--} intact.)
4781
4782Multi-part editing utilize MIME edit mode of SEMI.  For procedures of
4783editing, refer to respective documents.  @xref{MIME-Edit, , ,mime-ui-en,
4784a MIME user interface for GNU Emacs}.
4785You can also see help by @kbd{C-c C-x ?} in draft buffer.
4786
4787If you save the draft buffer you are editing, it is appended to the
4788draft folder specified by @code{wl-draft-folder}.  You can leave draft
4789buffer after storing it for future editing by @kbd{C-c C-z}
4790(@code{wl-draft-save-and-exit}) and resume editing by pressing @kbd{E}
4791(@code{wl-summary-reedit}) in the draft folder (@pxref{Key Bindings of
4792Summary}).
4793
4794If you have finished editing, you can send message by @kbd{C-c C-c}.
4795
4796
4797@node Dynamical Message Re-arrangement, Template, Editing Message Body and Sending, Usage of Draft Mode
4798@subsection Dynamic Modification of Messages
4799@vindex wl-draft-config-alist
4800@c @cindex Change Message
4801@c @cindex Message, Change Dynamic
4802
4803You can set @code{wl-draft-config-alist} so that header and body of the
4804message will automatically modified depending on information of header
4805and others.
4806
4807The initial setting of @code{wl-draft-config-alist} is @code{nil}.
4808
4809In the example below, the header is modified when
4810@code{wl-draft-send-and-exit} or @code{wl-draft-send} is invoked.  You
4811can set @code{wl-interactive-send} to non-nil so as to confirm changes
4812before sending the message.
4813
4814@lisp
4815@group
4816(setq wl-draft-config-alist
4817      '(((string-match "aaa\\.example\\.com$" (system-name))
4818         ;; @r{applied if the expression is non-nil}
4819         (wl-smtp-posting-server . "mailserver-B")
4820         (wl-nntp-posting-server . "newsserver-B")
4821         ;; @r{settings of temporary variables}
4822         )
4823        ("^To: .*user@@aaa\\.bbb\\.example\\.com"
4824         ;; @r{applied if it matches the header of the draft buffer}
4825         ("Organization" . (format "Go %s" my-webpage)))
4826                       ;; @r{you can write elisp expressions here (eval only)}
4827         (top . "Hello.\n")    ;; @r{inserted at the top of the body}
4828         (bottom . "\nBye.\n") ;; @r{inserted at the bottom of the body}
4829        ))
4830@end group
4831@end lisp
4832
4833The format of @code{wl-draft-config-alist} is:
4834
4835@example
4836@group
4837'(("@var{regexp of the header}" or @var{elisp expression}
4838  ("@var{Field}" . value(@var{elisp expression}))
4839   (@var{variable} . value(@var{elisp expression}))
4840   (@var{sub-function} . value(@var{elisp expression}))
4841   @var{function}
4842   @dots{})
4843  ("@var{regexp of the header}" or @var{elisp expression}
4844   ("@var{Field}" . value(@var{elisp expression}))
4845   @dots{}))
4846@end group
4847@end example
4848
4849Per default, there are 13 following sub-functions.
4850
4851@example
4852'header:      Inserts the specified string at the bottom of the header.
4853'header-top:  Inserts the specified string at the top of the header.
4854'header-file: Inserts the specified file at the bottom of the header.
4855'x-face:      Inserts @samp{X-Face:} field with the content of the specified file.
4856'top:         Inserts the specified string at the top of the body.
4857'top-file:    Inserts the specified file at the top of the body.
4858'body:        Replaces the body with the specified string.
4859              Specifying @code{nil} deletes the entire body string.
4860'body-file:   Replaces the body with the content of the specified file.
4861'bottom:      Inserts the specified string at the bottom of the body.
4862'bottom-file: Inserts the specified file at the top of the body.
4863'part-top:  Inserts the specified string at the top of the current part.
4864'part-bottom: Inserts the specified string at the bottom of the current part.
4865'template:    Applies the specified template.
4866              (refer to the next subsection)
4867@end example
4868
4869These are defined in @code{wl-draft-config-sub-func-alist} and you can
4870change them or add your own functions.  If you read the code, you can
4871easily find how to write the functions.
4872
4873At the first of each item, @var{a regular expression of the header} or
4874an @var{elisp expression} should be specified.  In the case of an elisp
4875expression, the item is applied when the expression is evaluated
4876non-nil.
4877
4878Per default, when multiple items match or are evaluated non-nil, all
4879such items are applied, but if you set a variable
4880@code{wl-draft-config-matchone} to @code{t}, only the first matching one
4881is applied.
4882
4883At the second of the item, a cons or a list of functions should be
4884specified.  The car part of the cons should be a header field, a
4885variable, or a sub-function.  When a header field is specified, the
4886field will be modified.  If a variable is specified, the value of the
4887variable will be modified temporarily.
4888
4889In the cdr part of a cons, not only a variable but also an elisp
4890expression can be specified as is.  If the car part is a header field
4891and the cdr part is @code{nil}, the field will be deleted.
4892
4893See the next example as well:
4894
4895@lisp
4896@group
4897(setq wl-draft-config-alist
4898      '((reply                         ;; @r{(1)}
4899         "X-ML-Name: \\(Wanderlust\\|emacs-mime-ja\\|apel-ja\\)"
4900         ;; @r{applied if it matches the header of the buffer being replied}
4901         (body . "  Hello.\n")
4902         (template . "default")
4903         )))
4904@end group
4905@end lisp
4906
4907As in the (1) above, if a header regexp is prepended with @code{reply},
4908it is applied when the draft is prepared by @code{wl-summary-reply} for
4909example, and when it matches the header being replied.  It is ignored
4910when there is no buffer being replied, like after @code{wl-draft} was
4911invoked.
4912
4913If you want to use name of parent folder, you can refer the buffer local
4914variable @code{wl-draft-parent-folder}. In the following example, Wanderlust
4915changes From according to the folder name of the summary in which the draft
4916was invoked.
4917
4918@lisp
4919@group
4920(setq wl-draft-config-alist
4921      '(((string-match \".*@@domain1$\" wl-draft-parent-folder)
4922         (\"From\" . \"user@@domain1\"))
4923        ((string-match \".*@@domain2$\" wl-draft-parent-folder)
4924         (\"From\" . \"user@@domain2\"))))
4925@end group
4926@end lisp
4927
4928
4929Note that @code{wl-draft-config-alist} is applied only once when
4930@code{wl-draft-send-and-exit} or @code{wl-draft-send} is invoked.
4931Therefore, if you want to apply @code{wl-draft-config-alist} again after
4932aborting transmission, execute @kbd{C-c C-e}
4933(@code{wl-draft-config-exec}) explicitly.
4934
4935If you don't want to apply @code{wl-draft-config-alist} when
4936@code{wl-draft-send-and-exit} or @code{wl-draft-send} is invoked,
4937do the following:
4938
4939@lisp
4940(remove-hook 'wl-draft-send-hook 'wl-draft-config-exec)
4941@end lisp
4942
4943If you want to apply @code{wl-draft-config-alist} when a draft buffer is
4944prepared, do the following:
4945
4946@lisp
4947(add-hook 'wl-mail-setup-hook 'wl-draft-config-exec)
4948@end lisp
4949
4950If you want to apply @code{wl-draft-config-alist} when you re-edit a mail
4951from summary mode by typing @kbd{E}(@code{wl-summary-reedit}), do the
4952following:
4953
4954@lisp
4955(add-hook 'wl-draft-reedit-hook 'wl-draft-config-exec)
4956@end lisp
4957
4958@node Template, POP-before-SMTP, Dynamical Message Re-arrangement, Usage of Draft Mode
4959@subsection Inserting Templates
4960@cindex Template
4961@cindex Apply Template
4962
4963Set a variable @code{wl-template-alist}, and type @kbd{C-c C-j} or
4964@kbd{M-x wl-template-select} in the draft buffer.
4965
4966The format of @code{wl-template-alist} is almost the same as
4967@code{wl-draft-config-alist}.
4968@xref{Dynamical Message Re-arrangement}.
4969
4970@lisp
4971@group
4972(setq wl-template-alist
4973      '(("default"
4974         ("From" . wl-from)
4975         ("Organization" . "Example Co.Ltd.")
4976         (body . "Hello.\n"))
4977        ("report"
4978         (template . "default")                 ;; @r{(a)}
4979         ("To" . "boss@@example.com")
4980         ("Subject" . "Report")
4981         (body-file . "~/work/report.txt")
4982         )
4983        ))
4984@end group
4985@end lisp
4986
4987As you can see, the only difference is item (template) names such as
4988@samp{default} and @samp{report}, instead of a regexp of header.
4989Because definition of each item is the same as
4990@code{wl-draft-config-alist}, you can call another template, like (a).
4991
4992Executing the command @code{wl-template-select} results in template
4993selection, but the result differs depending on variable
4994@code{wl-template-visible-select}.
4995
4996If @code{wl-template-visible-select} is @code{t} (default), a buffer
4997window is shown below the draft buffer.  You can select a template by
4998@kbd{n} and @kbd{p} seeing the buffer window.
4999
5000Press the @key{RET} key and the template is actually applied to the draft
5001buffer.  If you press @kbd{q}, nothing is applied.  In addition, you can
5002adjust the window size by @code{wl-template-buffer-lines}.
5003
5004If @code{wl-template-visible-select} is @code{nil}, you should type the
5005name of the template in the mini buffer.
5006
5007If @code{wl-template-select} is executed with prefix argument,
5008inversed value of @code{wl-template-visible-select} is used.
5009
5010As shown in the example in @code{wl-draft-config-alist}, you can select
5011@samp{default} template by writing:
5012
5013@lisp
5014(template . "default")
5015@end lisp
5016
5017@node POP-before-SMTP,  , Template, Usage of Draft Mode
5018@subsection Sending mail by POP-before-SMTP
5019@cindex POP-before-SMTP
5020
5021You can send mail by POP-before-SMTP. Necessary setting is
5022
5023@lisp
5024(setq wl-draft-send-mail-function 'wl-draft-send-mail-with-pop-before-smtp)
5025@end lisp
5026
5027@noindent
5028to change mail posting function from its default value @code{wl-draft-send-mail-with-smtp}.
5029Also you would configure following variables on demand.
5030
5031@table @code
5032@item wl-pop-before-smtp-user
5033The POP user name for POP-before-SMTP authentication.
5034If unset, @code{elmo-pop3-default-user} is used.
5035
5036@item wl-pop-before-smtp-server
5037The POP server name for POP-before-SMTP authentication.
5038If unset, @code{elmo-pop3-default-server} is used.
5039
5040@item wl-pop-before-smtp-authenticate-type
5041The POP authentication method for POP-before-SMTP authentication.
5042If unset, @code{elmo-pop3-default-authenticate-type} is used.
5043
5044@item wl-pop-before-smtp-port
5045The POP port number for POP-before-SMTP authentication.
5046If unset, @code{elmo-pop3-default-port} is used.
5047
5048@item wl-pop-before-smtp-stream-type
5049If @code{ssl}, POP connection is established using SSL.  If
5050@code{starttls}, STARTTLS (RFC2595) connection will be established.  If
5051unset, @code{elmo-pop3-default-stream-type} is used.
5052@end table
5053
5054If variables for POP-before-SMTP (@code{wl-pop-before-smtp-*}) are
5055unset, settings for POP folders (@code{elmo-pop3-default-*}) are
5056used.
5057Therefore, if SMTP server and POP server are actually the same, and if
5058POP folder per default (such as @samp{&}) is available, no settings are
5059required.
5060
5061Refer to the following URL about POP-before-SMTP.
5062
5063@example
5064@group
5065@uref{http://www.iecc.com/pop-before-smtp.html}
5066@end group
5067@end example
5068
5069
5070@node Key Bindings of Draft, Variables of Draft Mode, Usage of Draft Mode, Draft
5071@section Key Bindings
5072@cindex Keybind, Draft Mode
5073@cindex Keybind, Draft Buffer
5074
5075@table @kbd
5076
5077@item C-c C-y
5078@kindex C-c C-y (Draft)
5079@findex wl-draft-yank-original
5080Cites the content of the current message buffer (the part under cursor).
5081If the region is active, cites the region (it affects only if
5082@code{transient-mark-mode} is Non-nil).
5083If the command is called with prefix argument,
5084the text inserted by yank command (the text content of clipboard) is cited.
5085(@code{wl-draft-yank-original})
5086
5087@item C-c C-p
5088@kindex C-c C-p (Draft)
5089@findex wl-draft-preview-message
5090Previews the content of the current draft.
5091This is useful for previewing MIME multi-part messages.
5092(@code{wl-draft-preview-message})
5093
5094@item C-c C-s
5095@kindex C-c C-s (Draft)
5096@findex wl-draft-send
5097Sends the content of the current draft.  Does not erase the draft buffer.
5098This is useful for sending multiple messages, which are a little different
5099from each other.
5100(@code{wl-draft-send})
5101
5102@item C-c C-c
5103@kindex C-c C-c (Draft)
5104@findex wl-draft-send-and-exit
5105Sends the content of the current draft and erases the draft buffer.
5106(@code{wl-draft-send-and-exit})
5107
5108@item C-x C-s
5109@kindex C-x C-s (Draft)
5110@findex wl-draft-save
5111Save the current draft.
5112(@code{wl-draft-save})
5113
5114@item C-c C-k
5115@kindex C-c C-k (Draft)
5116@findex wl-draft-kill
5117Kills the current draft.
5118(@code{wl-draft-kill})
5119
5120@item C-x k
5121@kindex C-x k (Draft)
5122@findex wl-draft-mimic-kill-buffer
5123Kills the current draft.
5124(@code{wl-draft-mimic-kill-buffer})
5125
5126@item C-c C-z
5127@kindex C-c C-z (Draft)
5128@findex wl-draft-save-and-exit
5129Saves the current draft, and erases the draft buffer.
5130This is useful if you want to suspend editing of the draft.
5131(@code{wl-draft-save-and-exit})
5132
5133@item C-c C-r
5134@kindex C-c C-r (Draft)
5135@findex wl-caesar-region
5136Encodes or decodes the specified region in Caesar cipher.
5137(@code{wl-caesar-region})
5138
5139@item C-l
5140@kindex C-l (Draft)
5141@findex wl-draft-highlight-and-recenter
5142Recenter and rehighlight current draft.
5143(@code{wl-draft-highlight-and-recenter})
5144
5145@item M-t
5146@kindex M-t (Draft)
5147@findex wl-toggle-plugged
5148Toggles off-line/on-line states of Wanderlust.
5149(@code{wl-toggle-plugged})
5150
5151@item C-c C-o
5152@kindex C-c C-o (Draft)
5153@findex wl-jump-to-draft-buffer
5154Jumps to the other draft buffer, if exists.
5155With prefix argument, reads a file (if any) from the draft folder when
5156there is no such buffer.
5157(@code{wl-jump-to-draft-buffer})
5158
5159@item C-c C-e
5160@kindex C-c C-e (Draft)
5161@findex wl-draft-config-exec
5162Applies @code{wl-draft-config-alist}.
5163(@code{wl-draft-config-exec})
5164
5165@item C-c C-j
5166@kindex C-c C-j (Draft)
5167@findex wl-template-select
5168Selects a template.
5169(@code{wl-template-select})
5170
5171@item C-c C-a
5172@kindex C-c C-a (Draft)
5173@findex wl-addrmgr
5174Enter Address Manager.
5175@xref{Address Manager}.
5176(@code{wl-addrmgr})
5177
5178@item C-c C-d
5179@kindex C-c C-d (Draft)
5180@findex wl-draft-elide-region
5181Elide the text between point and mark (@code{wl-draft-elide-region}).
5182The text is killed and replaced with the contents of the variable
5183@code{wl-draft-elide-ellipsis}.  The default value is to use an ellipsis
5184(@samp{[...]}).
5185@end table
5186
5187@node Variables of Draft Mode,  , Key Bindings of Draft, Draft
5188@section Customizable Variables
5189@cindex SMTP AUTH
5190
5191@table @code
5192@item wl-subscribed-mailing-list
5193@vindex wl-subscribed-mailing-list
5194The initial setting is @code{nil}.  Mailing lists to which you
5195subscribe.  If any of these are contained in @samp{To:} or @samp{Cc:}
5196field of a reply draft, removes your own address from
5197@samp{Mail-Followup-To:} and @samp{Cc:}.  And if any of these are
5198contained in @samp{To:} or @samp{Cc:} field of a message to be
5199automatically re-filed, the destination folder will be leaned in
5200connection with the address.
5201
5202Example:
5203
5204@lisp
5205@group
5206(setq wl-subscribed-mailing-list
5207      '("wl@@ml.gentei.org"
5208        "apel-ja@@m17n.org"
5209        "emacs-mime-ja@@m17n.org"))
5210@end group
5211@end lisp
5212
5213@item wl-insert-mail-followup-to
5214@vindex wl-insert-mail-followup-to
5215The initial setting is @code{nil}.  If non-nil, @samp{Mail-Followup-To:}
5216field is automatically inserted in the draft buffer.
5217
5218@item wl-insert-mail-reply-to
5219@vindex wl-insert-mail-reply-to
5220The initial setting is @code{nil}.  If non-nil, @samp{Mail-Reply-To:}
5221field is automatically inserted in the draft buffer.
5222
5223@item wl-auto-insert-x-face
5224@vindex wl-auto-insert-x-face
5225The initial setting is @code{t}.  If non-nil and there is an encoded
5226X-Face string in a file @file{~/.xface} (the value of the variable
5227@code{wl-x-face-file}), inserts it as an @samp{X-Face:} field in the
5228draft buffer.  If @code{nil}, it is not automatically inserted.
5229
5230@item wl-insert-message-id
5231@vindex wl-insert-message-id
5232The initial setting is @code{t}.  If non-nil, @samp{Message-ID:} field
5233is automatically inserted on the transmission.
5234
5235@item wl-message-id-use-message-from
5236@vindex wl-message-id-use-message-from
5237The initial setting is @code{t}.  If non-nil, the value of @samp{From:}
5238field or @code{wl-from} will be used as the domain part of
5239@samp{Message-ID:}.
5240
5241@item wl-local-domain
5242@vindex wl-local-domain
5243The initial setting is @code{nil}.  If @code{nil}, the return value of
5244the function @code{system-name} will be used as the domain part of
5245@samp{Message-ID:}.
5246
5247If @code{system-name} does not return FQDN (i.e. the full name of the
5248host, like @samp{smtp.gohome.org}), you @strong{must} set this variable
5249to the string of the local domain name without hostname (like
5250@samp{gohome.org}).  That is, a concatenation of @code{system-name}
5251@samp{.} @code{wl-local-domain} is used as domain part of the
5252@samp{Message-ID:}.
5253
5254If your terminal does not have global IP, set the value of
5255@code{wl-message-id-domain}.  (You might be beaten up on the Net News if
5256you use invalid @samp{Message-ID:}.)
5257
5258Moreover, concatenation of @code{system-name} @samp{.}
5259@code{wl-local-domain} will be used as an argument to the HELO command
5260in SMTP.
5261
5262@item wl-message-id-domain
5263@vindex wl-message-id-domain
5264The initial setting is @code{nil}.  If non-nil, this value is used as a
5265domain part of the @samp{Message-ID:}.  If your terminal does not have
5266global IP address, set unique string to this value (e.x. your e-mail
5267address).
5268
5269@item wl-unique-id-suffix
5270@vindex wl-unique-id-suffix
5271The initial setting is @samp{.wl}. You can specify the string in generated
5272Message-ID which appear just before @samp{@@} or @samp{%}.
5273
5274@item wl-draft-config-alist
5275@vindex wl-draft-config-alist
5276The initial setting is @code{nil}.  Modifies the draft message just
5277before the transmission.  The content of @code{wl-draft-config-alist}
5278will be automatically applied only once on the transmission.  If you
5279want to apply it manually, use @kbd{C-c C-e}.  This command can be used
5280many times.
5281
5282@item wl-template-alist
5283@vindex wl-template-alist
5284The initial setting is @code{nil}.
5285This variable specifies the template to be applied in the draft buffer.
5286
5287@item wl-draft-config-matchone
5288@vindex wl-draft-config-matchone
5289The initial setting is @code{nil}.  If non-nil, only the first matching
5290item is used when @code{wl-draft-config-alist} is applied.  If
5291@code{nil}, all matching items are used.
5292
5293@item wl-template-visible-select
5294@vindex wl-template-visible-select
5295The initial setting is @code{t}.
5296If non-nil, you can preview the result of the template selection in
5297another window.
5298
5299@item wl-template-confirm
5300@vindex wl-template-confirm
5301The initial setting is @code{nil}.
5302If non-nil, asks for confirmation when you press the enter key to select
5303template while previewing.
5304
5305@item wl-template-buffer-lines
5306@vindex wl-template-buffer-lines
5307The initial setting is 7.
5308If @code{wl-template-visible-select} is non-nil, this variable specifies
5309the size of the preview window.
5310
5311@item wl-draft-buffer-style
5312@vindex wl-draft-buffer-style
5313The initial setting is @code{full}.
5314Style of draft buffer window (except for replying and forwarding).
5315
5316@table @code
5317@item keep
5318is to use the current window,
5319
5320@item full
5321is to use full frame window,
5322
5323@item split
5324is to split the current window vertically and use it.
5325
5326@item msg-split
5327is to split the message window vertically and use it as if
5328replying message.
5329
5330@item split-horiz
5331is to split the current window horizontally and use it.
5332
5333@item msg-split-horiz
5334is to split the message window horizontally and use it as if
5335replying message.
5336@end table
5337
5338If some function is specified, it is called with the draft buffer
5339as an argument.
5340
5341@item wl-draft-reply-buffer-style
5342@vindex wl-draft-reply-buffer-style
5343The initial setting is @code{split}.
5344Style of draft buffer for replying and forwarding.
5345
5346@table @code
5347@item keep
5348is to use the message buffer window,
5349
5350@item full
5351is to use full frame window,
5352
5353@item split
5354is to split the message buffer window vertically and use it.
5355
5356@item split-horiz
5357is to split the message buffer window horizontally and use it.
5358@end table
5359
5360If some function is specified, it is called with the draft buffer
5361as an argument.
5362
5363@item wl-draft-use-frame
5364@vindex wl-draft-use-frame
5365The initial setting is @code{nil}.
5366If non-nil, use new frame for the draft.
5367
5368@item wl-draft-reply-default-position
5369@vindex wl-draft-reply-default-position
5370The initial setting is @code{body}.
5371Specify initial cursor position on draft buffer for reply.
5372@code{body} is to move cursor to the top of the message body,
5373@code{bottom} to the bottom of the message body, and @code{top} to the
5374top of the header.
5375
5376@item wl-draft-truncate-lines
5377@vindex wl-draft-truncate-lines
5378The initial value is the value of @code{default-truncate-lines}.
5379If it is non-nil, truncate long lines in draft buffer.
5380
5381@item wl-from
5382@vindex wl-from
5383The initial setting is the value of the variable
5384@code{user-mail-address}.  The value of this variable is inserted as a
5385@samp{From:} field of the draft when it is prepared.
5386
5387@item wl-envelope-from
5388@vindex wl-envelope-from
5389The initial setting is @code{nil}.
5390The value of this variable is used for envelope from (MAIL FROM).
5391If @code{nil}, the address part of @code{wl-from} is used.
5392
5393@item wl-user-mail-address-list
5394@vindex wl-user-mail-address-list
5395The initial setting is @code{nil}.
5396This is the User's address list.  If you have multiple addresses,
5397set this variable.
5398
5399@item wl-reply-subject-prefix
5400@vindex wl-reply-subject-prefix
5401The initial setting is @samp{Re: }.
5402In the @samp{Subject:} of the reply draft, this string is prepended to
5403the @samp{Subject:} of being replied.  You can specify a function to be
5404message buffer of the reply target.
5405
5406@item wl-forward-subject-prefix
5407@vindex wl-forward-subject-prefix
5408The initial setting is @samp{Forward: }.
5409In the @samp{Subject:} of the forwarding draft, this string is prepended
5410to the @samp{Subject:} of being forwarded.  You can specify a function
5411to be message buffer of the forward target.
5412
5413@item wl-draft-reply-use-address-with-full-name
5414@vindex wl-draft-reply-use-address-with-full-name
5415The initial setting is @code{t}.
5416If non-nil, insert her full name with address when prepare a draft for
5417reply a message.  If it is @code{nil}, insert her address only.
5418
5419@item wl-draft-enable-queuing
5420@vindex wl-draft-enable-queuing
5421The initial setting is @code{t}.
5422This flag controls off-line transmission.  If non-nil, the draft is
5423sent off-line.
5424
5425@item wl-draft-use-cache
5426@vindex wl-draft-use-cache
5427The initial setting is @code{nil}. If the value is non-nil and
5428@code{wl-insert-message-id} is nil, cache the message which is sent.
5429
5430@item wl-fcc-force-as-read
5431@vindex wl-fcc-force-as-read
5432The initial setting is @code{nil}. If the value is non-nil,
5433Mark as read the message saved by @samp{Fcc:}.
5434
5435@item wl-auto-flush-queue
5436@vindex wl-auto-flush-queue
5437The initial setting is t.
5438This flag controls automatic transmission of the queue when Wanderlust
5439becomes on-line.  If non-nil, the queue is automatically transmitted
5440(with confirmation by @code{y-or-n-p}).  If you want to transmit it
5441manually, press @kbd{F} in the folder mode.
5442
5443@item wl-ignored-forwarded-headers
5444@vindex wl-ignored-forwarded-headers
5445Initial setting is @samp{\\(received\\|return-path\\|x-uidl\\)}.
5446All headers that match this regexp will be deleted when forwarding a message.
5447
5448@item wl-ignored-resent-headers
5449Initial setting is @samp{\\(return-receipt\\|[bdf]cc\\)}.
5450All headers that match this regexp will be deleted when resending a message.
5451
5452@item wl-draft-always-delete-myself
5453@vindex wl-draft-always-delete-myself
5454If non-nil, always removes your own address from @samp{To:} and
5455@samp{Cc:} when you are replying to the mail addressed to you.
5456
5457@item wl-draft-delete-myself-from-bcc-fcc
5458@vindex wl-draft-delete-myself-from-bcc-fcc
5459If any of @code{wl-subscribed-mailing-list} are contained in @samp{To:}
5460or @samp{Cc:} field, do not insert @samp{Bcc:} or @samp{Fcc:} field.
5461
5462@item wl-draft-send-mail-function
5463@vindex wl-draft-send-mail-function
5464The initial setting is @code{wl-draft-send-mail-with-smtp}.
5465This is the function to post mails. To use POP-before-SMTP, set this to
5466@code{wl-draft-send-mail-with-pop-before-smtp}.
5467
5468@item wl-smtp-posting-server
5469@vindex wl-smtp-posting-server
5470The initial setting is @code{nil}.
5471This is the SMTP server name for mail transmission.
5472
5473@item wl-smtp-posting-port
5474@vindex wl-smtp-posting-port
5475The initial setting is @code{nil}.
5476This is the SMTP port number for mail transmission.
5477If @code{nil}, default SMTP port number (25) is used.
5478
5479@item wl-smtp-posting-user
5480@vindex wl-smtp-posting-user
5481The initial setting is @code{nil}.
5482This is the user name for SMTP AUTH authentication.
5483
5484@item wl-smtp-authenticate-type
5485@vindex wl-smtp-authenticate-type
5486The initial setting is @code{nil}.
5487This string-valued variable specifies the authentication method for SMTP
5488AUTH authentication.  You may specify @code{plain}, @code{cram-md5},
5489@code{digest-md5}, @code{login}, etc.  If @code{nil}, authentication
5490will not be carried out.
5491
5492@item wl-smtp-authenticate-realm
5493@vindex wl-smtp-authenticate-realm
5494The initial setting is @code{nil}.
5495This string-valued variable specifies the authentication realm for SMTP
5496AUTH authentication. You have to set this variable for DIGEST-MD5
5497authentication and so on.
5498If @code{nil}, authentication realm is not specified in the authentication.
5499
5500@item wl-smtp-connection-type
5501@vindex wl-smtp-connection-type
5502The initial setting is @code{nil}.
5503This symbol-valued variable specifies how to establish SMTP connections.
5504If @code{nil}, use default connection type.
5505If it is @code{starttls}, use STARTTLS (RFC3207).
5506If it is @code{ssl}, use SSL.
5507
5508@item wl-nntp-posting-server
5509@vindex wl-nntp-posting-server
5510The initial setting is @code{nil}.
5511This is the NNTP server name used for news submission.
5512If @code{nil}, @code{elmo-nntp-default-server} is used.
5513
5514@item wl-nntp-posting-user
5515@vindex wl-nntp-posting-user
5516The initial setting is @code{nil}.
5517This is the user name for AUTHINFO authentication on news submission.
5518If @code{nil}, @code{elmo-nntp-default-user} is used.
5519If it is still @code{nil}, AUTHINFO authentication will not be carried out.
5520
5521@item wl-nntp-posting-port
5522@vindex wl-nntp-posting-port
5523The initial setting is @code{nil}.
5524This is the port number of the NNTP server used for news submission.
5525If @code{nil}, @code{elmo-nntp-default-port} is used.
5526
5527@item wl-nntp-posting-stream-type
5528@vindex wl-nntp-posting-stream-type
5529The initial setting is @code{nil}.
5530If @code{nil}, @code{elmo-nntp-default-stream-type} is evaluated.  If @code{ssl},
5531SSL is used for news submission.  If @code{starttls}, STARTTLS (RFC2595)
5532connection will be established.
5533
5534@item wl-nntp-posting-function
5535@vindex wl-nntp-posting-function
5536The initial setting is @code{elmo-nntp-post}.
5537This is the function to post NNTP message.
5538
5539@item wl-nntp-posting-config-alist
5540@vindex wl-nntp-posting-config-alist
5541The initial setting is @code{nil}.
5542The value takes an alist to define NNTP server like following example.
5543It takes precedence over @code{wl-nntp-posting-@{server|user|port|function@}}.
5544
5545@lisp
5546@group
5547(setq wl-nntp-posting-config-alist
5548      '((",?gmane\\." . "news.gmane.org")
5549        (",?comp\\." .
5550         ((server . "news-server")
5551          (user . "newsmaster")
5552          (port . 119)
5553          (function . elmo-nntp-post)))
5554        (".*" . "default-news-server")))
5555@end group
5556@end lisp
5557
5558@item wl-pop-before-smtp-user
5559@vindex wl-pop-before-smtp-user
5560The initial setting is @code{nil}.
5561This is the POP user name for POP-before-SMTP.
5562If it is @code{nil}, @code{elmo-pop3-default-user} is used.
5563
5564@item wl-pop-before-smtp-server
5565@vindex wl-pop-before-smtp-server
5566The initial setting is @code{nil}.
5567This is the POP server name for POP-before-SMTP.
5568If it is @code{nil}, @code{elmo-pop3-default-server} is used.
5569
5570@item wl-pop-before-smtp-authenticate-type
5571@vindex wl-pop-before-smtp-authenticate-type
5572The initial setting is @code{nil}.
5573This is the authentication method for POP-before-SMTP authentication.
5574If it is @code{nil}, @code{elmo-pop3-default-authenticate-type} is used.
5575
5576@item wl-pop-before-smtp-port
5577@vindex wl-pop-before-smtp-port
5578The initial setting is @code{nil}.
5579This is the POP port number for POP-before-SMTP.  If it is @code{nil},
5580@code{elmo-pop3-default-port} is used.
5581
5582@item wl-pop-before-smtp-stream-type
5583@vindex wl-pop-before-smtp-stream-type
5584The initial setting is @code{nil}.
5585This flag controls the use of SSL for POP-before-SMTP.  If it is
5586@code{nil}, @code{elmo-pop3-default-stream-type} is used.  If @code{ssl},
5587SSL is used.  If @code{starttls}, STARTTLS (RFC2595) connection will be
5588established.
5589
5590@item wl-draft-queue-save-variables
5591@vindex wl-draft-queue-save-variables
5592Specifies a list of variable to which queued messages are saved on the
5593off-line transmission.
5594
5595@item wl-draft-sendlog
5596@vindex wl-draft-sendlog
5597The initial setting is @code{t}.
5598If @code{t}, transmission log is written in @file{~/.elmo/sendlog}.  It
5599is written when:
5600
5601@itemize @minus
5602@item drafts are sent by smtp or qmail
5603@item saved into folders by fcc
5604@item saved into folders by queuing
5605@end itemize
5606
5607(it is written even if the transmission fails).
5608But transmission by @file{im-wl.el} is not written in the @file{sendlog}
5609and left to the logging function of @command{imput}.
5610
5611
5612@item wl-draft-sendlog-max-size
5613@vindex wl-draft-sendlog-max-size
5614The initial setting is 20000 (in bytes).
5615If @code{wl-draft-sendlog} is @code{t}, the log is rotated when it grows
5616beyond the size specified by this variable.
5617
5618@item wl-use-ldap
5619@vindex wl-use-ldap
5620The initial setting is @code{nil}.
5621If non-nil, address completion uses LDAP.
5622
5623@item wl-ldap-server
5624@vindex wl-ldap-server
5625The initial setting is @samp{localhost}.
5626LDAP server name for address completion.
5627
5628@item wl-ldap-port
5629@vindex wl-ldap-port
5630The initial setting is @code{nil}.
5631If non-nil, the value is used as port number.
5632
5633@item wl-ldap-base
5634@vindex wl-ldap-base
5635The initial setting is @samp{c=US}.
5636LDAP search starting point (base) for address completion.
5637
5638@item wl-draft-remove-group-list-contents
5639@vindex wl-draft-remove-group-list-contents
5640The initial setting is @code{t}.
5641If non-nil, remove the group-lists' members in the recipients when
5642sending the message (group-list means the description such as
5643@samp{Group: foo@@gohome.org, bar@@gohome.org;} in the recipients).
5644@end table
5645
5646@node Disconnected Operations, Expire and Archive, Draft, Top
5647@chapter Off-line Management
5648@cindex Disconnected Operations
5649
5650Wanderlust has on-line and off-line states.
5651
5652@menu
5653* Off-line State::              Wanderlust has on-line and off-line states
5654* Enable Operations::           Enable Disconnected Operations
5655* Plugged Mode::                Switching On-line/Off-line per Server/Port
5656* Off-line State settings::     Invoking Wanderlust in the Off-line State
5657* Variables of Plugged Mode::   Customize Plugged Mode
5658@end menu
5659
5660
5661@node Off-line State, Enable Operations, Disconnected Operations, Disconnected Operations
5662@section Off-line State
5663
5664Wanderlust has on-line and off-line states.  In the off-line state, you
5665cannot access messages via network, unless they are cached.
5666
5667@samp{[ON]} in the mode line indicates the on-line state.  @samp{[--]}
5668in the mode line indicates the off-line state.  In folder or summary
5669modes, press @kbd{M-t} to switch between off- and on-line.
5670
5671You can invoke Wanderlust in the off-line state by setting
5672@code{wl-plugged} to @code{nil} in @file{~/.wl} or anything appropriate.
5673
5674In the off-line mode, @kbd{n} and @kbd{p} command in the summary mode
5675ignores uncached messages.
5676
5677
5678@node Enable Operations, Plugged Mode, Off-line State, Disconnected Operations
5679@section Enable Disconeected Operations
5680
5681Even in the off-line state, provided that relevant messages are cached,
5682and the variable @code{elmo-enable-disconnected-operation} (described
5683later) is non-nil, you can following operations:
5684@xref{Plugged Mode}, @xref{Off-line State settings}.
5685
5686@menu
5687* Send Messages off-line::      Transmit Messages
5688* Re-file and Copy queue::      Re-file and Copy (IMAP4)
5689* Creation of Folders::         Create Folders off-line (IMAP4)
5690* Marking::                     Mark (IMAP4)
5691* Pre-fetching Reservations::   Pre-fetch
5692@end menu
5693
5694As soon as Wanderlust becomes on-line, such operations invoked off-line
5695are reflected in the servers via network.
5696
5697If the variable @code{elmo-enable-disconnected-operation} is @code{nil},
5698these off-line operations are not executed and causes an error on
5699re-file or copy operations.
5700
5701@node Send Messages off-line, Re-file and Copy queue, Enable Operations, Enable Operations
5702@subsection Transmission of Messages
5703
5704You can proceed sending operation for  mail/news messages while you are
5705off-line, then it will be reserved for sending (if you are using
5706@file{im-wl.el}, it is irrelevant).
5707Messages reserved for sending while off-line are accumulated in the
5708queue folder, @samp{+queue}. These messages are transmitted at once when
5709Wanderlust becomes on-line.
5710
5711You can visit @samp{+queue} in the off-line state and confirm content of
5712messages in the queue.  You can also remove messages.  Removed messages
5713are not transmitted even in the on-line state.
5714
5715
5716@node Re-file and Copy queue, Creation of Folders, Send Messages off-line, Enable Operations
5717@subsection Re-file and Copy (IMAP4)
5718
5719Re-file and copy operations to IMAP folders invoked during the off-line
5720state are accumulated in the queue, and reflected in the server side
5721when Wanderlust becomes on-line.  If you visit destination folders after
5722off-line re-file or copy, it looks as if messages were appended even in
5723off-line state.
5724
5725For the safety reasons, messages re-filed off-line are removed from
5726source folders only if their @samp{Message-ID:} match messages on the
5727servers.  While the queue is processed, messages that failed to be
5728re-filed or copied to the specified folders are appended to the folder
5729@samp{+lost+found}.
5730
5731
5732@node Creation of Folders, Marking, Re-file and Copy queue, Enable Operations
5733@subsection Creation of Folders (IMAP4)
5734
5735You can create IMAP folders off-line.  The creation of folders are
5736reflected in the servers when Wanderlust becomes on-line.  If the creation
5737of those folders fails at that time for some reasons, messages
5738to be re-filed into those are appended to the folder @samp{+lost+found}
5739instead.
5740
5741
5742@node Marking, Pre-fetching Reservations, Creation of Folders, Enable Operations
5743@subsection Marking (IMAP4)
5744
5745Off-line changes in unread/read and importance mark @samp{$} information
5746are also reflected in the servers when Wanderlust becomes on-line.
5747
5748
5749@node Pre-fetching Reservations,  , Marking, Enable Operations
5750@subsection Pre-fetching
5751
5752You can make reservations for pre-fetching messages in networking
5753folders (IMAP, NNTP, POP3, shimbun).  Reserved messages are marked with
5754@samp{u} but not cached yet.  When Wanderlust becomes on-line, they are
5755pre-fetched from servers.
5756
5757
5758@node Plugged Mode, Off-line State settings, Enable Operations, Disconnected Operations
5759@section Switching On-line/Off-line per Server/Port
5760
5761@kbd{M-t} described above switches networking states as a whole, but you
5762can switch on-line/off-line per server/port.
5763
5764Pressing @kbd{C-t} in the folder or summary modes brings you in
5765wl-plugged-mode shown below, in which you can change the plugged state
5766for each port.
5767
5768@example
5769@group
5770Queuing:[ON] AutoFlushQueue:[--] DisconnectedOperation:[ON]
5771[ON](wl-plugged)
5772  [--]hosta
5773    [--]smtp        +queue: 2 msgs (1,2)        @dots{}@r{sending queue}
5774    [--]nntp(119)   +queue: 1 msg (3)           @dots{}@r{sending queue}
5775  [ON]hostb
5776    [--]imap4/cram-md5(143) %#mh/wl(prefetch-msgs:3,mark-as-important:1)
5777                            %inbox(delete-msgids:1)    @dots{}@r{dop queue}
5778    [ON]nntp(119)
5779    [ON]smtp
5780@end group
5781@end example
5782
5783The first line indicates status of the following three variables, and
5784simply pressing @kbd{@key{SPC}} or @kbd{@key{RET}} in each labeled
5785column modifies the values of these variables.
5786
5787@example
5788@group
5789"Queuing"               @code{wl-draft-enable-queuing}
5790"AutoFlushQueue"        @code{wl-auto-flush-queue}
5791"DisconnectedOperation" @code{elmo-enable-disconnected-operation}
5792@end group
5793@end example
5794
5795where @samp{[ON]} means its value is @code{t}, and @samp{[--]} means
5796@code{nil}.
5797
5798The second and after lines indicate on-line/off-line states of servers
5799and ports, where @samp{[ON]} stands for on-line and @samp{[--]} for
5800off-line (in XEmacs or Emacs 21, they are shown with icons).  Pressing
5801@kbd{@key{SPC}} or @kbd{@key{RET}} in each line switches its state.
5802
5803@dfn{sending queue} means messages accumulated in the folder
5804@samp{+queue} for off-line transmission, and @dfn{dop queue} means
5805off-line operations when @code{elmo-enable-disconnected-operation} is
5806@code{t}.
5807@c If the variable @code{elmo-enable-disconnected-operation} is non-nil,
5808@c off-line operations are enabled.
5809
5810They are displayed if there are any of them.  In the example above, in
5811the sending queue there are two messages (the first and the second in
5812the queue folder) for smtp to hosta and one (the third) for nntp to
5813hosta, and in the dop queue there are one for @samp{%inbox} and two for
5814@samp{%#mh/wl}.
5815
5816If you change @samp{(wl-plugged)} in the second line, the variable
5817@code{wl-plugged} is changed, so that the mode line indicator and
5818plugged states of all ports are affected.  If you change plugged states
5819of any servers or ports, @samp{(wl-plugged)} in the second line is
5820affected depending on @code{elmo-plugged-condition} settings and the
5821plugged state of each port.
5822
5823
5824@node Off-line State settings, Variables of Plugged Mode, Plugged Mode, Disconnected Operations
5825@section Invoking Wanderlust in the Off-line State
5826
5827As described before, if you set @code{wl-plugged} to @code{nil} in
5828@file{~/.wl} or anything appropriate, you can invoke Wanderlust in the
5829off-line state.  You can specify off-line state on a per server or port
5830basis.  Refer to @code{wl-reset-plugged-alist} also.
5831
5832Usually, when Wanderlust starts up, the plugged state of each port is
5833read from @file{~/.folders} and @code{wl-smtp-posting-server},
5834@code{wl-nntp-posting-server} and so on.  If you want to change the
5835plugged state of these ports or to add other ports, configure
5836@code{wl-make-plugged-hook} with a function.
5837
5838@lisp
5839@group
5840(add-hook 'wl-make-plugged-hook
5841          '(lambda ()
5842             (elmo-set-plugged plugged-value(t/nil) server port)
5843                 ;; @r{add or change plugged states of the port of the server}
5844             (elmo-set-plugged plugged-value(t/nil) server)
5845                 ;; @r{if the port is omitted, all ports are affected}
5846                 ;; @r{(you cannot omit the port if you newly add the server)}
5847             ))
5848@end group
5849@end lisp
5850
5851
5852@node Variables of Plugged Mode,  , Off-line State settings, Disconnected Operations
5853@section Customizable Variables
5854
5855@table @code
5856@item wl-plugged
5857@vindex wl-plugged
5858If this variable is set to @code{nil}, Wanderlust starts up in off-line
5859mode from the beginning.
5860
5861@item wl-queue-folder
5862@vindex wl-queue-folder
5863The initial setting is @samp{+queue}.
5864This is the folder in which messages in the transmission queue are
5865accumulated.
5866
5867@item wl-auto-flush-queue
5868@vindex wl-auto-flush-queue
5869The initial setting is @code{t}.
5870This flag controls automatic transmission of the queue when Wanderlust
5871becomes on-line.  If non-nil, the queue is automatically transmitted
5872(with confirmation by @code{y-or-n-p}).  If you want to transmit it
5873manually, press @kbd{F} in the folder mode.
5874
5875@item elmo-enable-disconnected-operation
5876@vindex elmo-enable-disconnected-operation
5877The initial setting is @code{t}.  Controls off-line operations regarding
5878networking folders.  If non-nil, off-line operations are carried out.
5879
5880@item elmo-lost+found-folder
5881@vindex elmo-lost+found-folder
5882The initial setting is @samp{+lost+found}.
5883This is the folder to which messages are saved when they fails to be
5884appended while the off-line re-file/copy queue is processed.
5885
5886@item elmo-plugged-condition
5887@vindex elmo-plugged-condition
5888The initial setting is @code{one}.
5889The value of @code{wl-plugged} reflects the return value of the function
5890@code{elmo-plugged-p} (without arguments).
5891This variable @code{elmo-plugged-condition} specifies the condition on
5892which the return value of @code{(elmo-plugged-p)} should be t depending on the
5893plugged state of each port.
5894
5895@example
5896'one         : plugged if one or more ports are plugged.
5897'all         : plugged if all ports are plugged.
5898'independent : reflects wl-plugged (elmo-plugged) regardless of plugged
5899               states of the ports.
5900@var{function}     : reflects the return value of the @var{function}
5901 functions available per default
5902 'elmo-plug-on-by-servers
5903             : reflects the plugged state of the servers specified by the
5904               variable elmo-plug-on-servers.
5905 'elmo-plug-on-by-exclude-servers
5906             : reflects the plugged state of the servers that are not
5907               in elmo-plug-on-exclude-servers.
5908                  elmo-plug-on-exclude-servers defaults to
5909                   '("localhost"
5910                     (system-name)
5911                     (system-name)without the domain part)
5912@end example
5913
5914@example
5915@group
5916Example 1:
5917 (setq elmo-plugged-condition 'all)
5918Example 2:
5919 (setq elmo-plug-on-servers '("smtpserver" "newsserver"))
5920 (setq elmo-plugged-condition 'elmo-plug-on-by-servers)
5921Example 3:
5922 (setq elmo-plug-on-exclude-servers '("localhost" "myname"))
5923 (setq elmo-plugged-condition 'elmo-plug-on-by-exclude-servers)
5924@end group
5925@end example
5926
5927@item wl-reset-plugged-alist
5928@vindex wl-reset-plugged-alist
5929The initial setting is @code{t}.  If non-nil, plugged states are
5930initialized on a per server or port basis when Wanderlust starts up.
5931
5932If @code{nil}, plugged states are retained while Emacs is running.  In
5933other words, they are initialized when Emacs is restarted even if the
5934value is @code{nil}.
5935@end table
5936
5937
5938@node Expire and Archive, Scoring, Disconnected Operations, Top
5939@chapter Automatic Expiration and Archiving of Messages
5940@cindex Expire and Archive
5941
5942@menu
5943* Expire::      Expiration and Archiving
5944* Archive::     Archiving All Messages
5945@end menu
5946
5947
5948@node Expire, Archive, Expire and Archive, Expire and Archive
5949@section Expiration
5950@cindex Expire Message
5951
5952Expiration means deletion of old messages which have outlasted a
5953certain period of time.
5954
5955@code{wl-expire} supports not only simple deletion, but also moving to
5956specified archiving folders.
5957
5958@section How to Use
5959
5960Configure @code{wl-expire-alist} and press @kbd{e} in the folder mode,
5961or @kbd{M-e} in the summary mode.
5962
5963@subsection Configuring @code{wl-expire-alist}
5964
5965An example configuration of @code{wl-expire-alist} is shown below.
5966Everything in this @code{wl-expire-alist} makes a great difference in
5967expiration, so be careful.  I advise you to set @code{wl-expire-use-log}
5968to @code{t}, especially in the initial stage.
5969
5970@lisp
5971@group
5972(setq wl-expire-alist
5973      '(("^\\+trash$"   (date 14) remove)
5974                                  ;; @r{delete}
5975        ("^\\+tmp$"     (date 7) trash)
5976                                  ;; @r{re-file to @code{wl-trash-folder}}
5977        ("^\\+outbox$"  (number 300) "$outbox;lha")
5978                                  ;; @r{re-file to the specific folder}
5979        ("^\\+ml/tmp$"  nil)
5980                           ;; @r{do not expire}
5981        ("^\\+ml/wl$"   (number 500 510) wl-expire-archive-number1 t)
5982                           ;; @r{archive by message number (retaining numbers)}
5983        ("^\\+ml/.*"    (number 300 310) wl-expire-archive-number2 t)
5984                           ;; @r{archive by a fixed number (retaining numbers)}
5985        ("^\\+diary$"   (date 30) wl-expire-archive-date)
5986                           ;; @r{archive by year and month (numbers discarded)}
5987        ))
5988@end group
5989@end lisp
5990
5991Items in the list have the format of:
5992
5993@example
5994(@var{regexp-for-folders} @var{specification-of-messages-to-be-deleted} @var{destination})
5995@end example
5996
5997@noindent
5998The folder is examined if it matches @var{regexp-for-folders} from the
5999beginning of the list.  If you invoke expiration on the folder that does
6000not match any of them, nothing will happen.  And if either the second or
6001the third element of the item is @code{nil}, expiration will not take
6002place.
6003
6004You can use any one of the following for
6005@var{specification-of-messages-to-be-deleted}:
6006
6007@table @code
6008@item (number @var{n1} [@var{n2}])
6009deletes messages depending on the number of messages in the folder.
6010
6011@var{n1} is the number of messages which should survive deletion, for example
6012if its value is 500, the newest 500 messages survive and the rests are
6013deleted.
6014
6015@var{n2} is the number of messages in the folder on which expiration should
6016take place, which defaults to @var{n1} + 1.  For example if its value is 510,
6017folders with 510 or more messages are expired.
6018If you configured automatic expiration, frequently used folders may
6019expire every time it receive messages, and you may be annoyed with the
6020long delay in reading mail.
6021In that case, you can set a wide margin between @var{n2} and @var{n1}, so that
6022expiration would not take place until a certain number of messages
6023accumulate.
6024
6025Messages with marks in @code{wl-summary-expire-reserve-marks} (marked
6026with important/new/unread) are not deleted.
6027If @code{wl-expire-number-with-reserve-marks} is non-nil, the folder
6028will expire so as to have 500 messages including such ones.
6029Otherwise, it will have 500 messages except such ones.
6030
6031@item (date @var{d1})
6032deletes messages depending on the dates.
6033
6034Messages dated @var{d1} or more days ago are deleted, for example if its
6035value is seven, messages seven days old or more are deleted.  Note that
6036the date is the one in the @samp{Date:} field of the message, not when
6037the message entered the folder.
6038
6039Messages with no or invalid @samp{Date:} field does not expire; you
6040might have to delete them by hand.
6041@end table
6042
6043You can use any one of the following in the place of @var{destination}:
6044
6045@table @asis
6046@item @code{remove}
6047deletes the messages instantly.
6048
6049@item @code{hide}
6050hides the messages from summary (messages are not deleted).
6051
6052@item @code{trash}
6053moves the messages to @code{wl-trash-folder}.
6054
6055@item @var{string}(folder)
6056moves the messages to the folder specified with @var{string}.
6057
6058It would be useful for specifying an archiving folder, but because this
6059does not move important messages, it might be better to use the
6060standard functions described below.
6061
6062@item @var{function}
6063invokes the specified @var{function}.
6064
6065To the @var{function}, three arguments are passed: a folder name, a list
6066of messages to be deleted, and msgdb information of the summary.  You
6067can specify function-specific arguments after the name of the
6068@var{function}.  Note that the list contains messages with marks in
6069@code{wl-summary-expire-reserve-marks}, so be careful in writing your own
6070function.
6071
6072These are four standard functions; three of them move messages to an archive
6073folder in the specified way.  This means old messages can be compressed
6074and saved in a file, being deleted from the original folder.
6075The last one divides messages to some MH folders.
6076
6077@table @code
6078@item wl-expire-archive-number1
6079re-files to archiving folders corresponding to the message numbers of
6080the messages being deleted.  For example, a message numbered 102 will be
6081re-filed to @file{wl-00100.zip}, 390 to @file{wl-00300.zip}, and so on.
6082If @code{wl-expire-archive-files} is 200, messages will be re-filed to
6083@file{wl-00000.zip}, @file{wl-00200.zip}, @file{wl-00400.zip}, @dots{}.
6084
6085The archiving folders to which messages are re-filed are determined by
6086the name of the folder as follows (in this case, archiving folders are
6087handled as if @code{elmo-archive-treat-file} were non-nil).
6088
6089@table @asis
6090@item If the folder type is localdir:
6091@file{@var{ArchiveDir}/@var{foldername}-xxxxx.zip}
6092
6093For example, @samp{+ml/wl} corresponds to @samp{$ml/wl;zip}
6094(@file{~/Mail/ml/wl-00100.zip}).
6095
6096@item The folder type is other than localdir:
6097@file{@var{ArchiveDir}/@var{foldertype}/@var{foldername}-xxxxx.zip}
6098
6099For example, @samp{%#mh/ml/wl} corresponds to
6100@samp{$imap4/#mh/ml/wl;zip} (@file{~/Mail/imap4/#mh/ml/wl-00100.zip}).
6101@end table
6102
6103As you can see, in the case of localdir, the folder type is not included
6104in the path name, but otherwise it is included.
6105And you can control the prefix to the archiving folder name by
6106@code{wl-expire-archive-folder-prefix}.
6107Refer to @code{wl-expire-archive-folder-prefix} for details.
6108
6109@item wl-expire-archive-number2
6110re-files every certain number of messages to archiving folders.
6111
6112This differs from @samp{wl-expire-archive-number1} in that this re-files
6113to the folder up to the specified number regardless of message numbers.
6114The archiving folders to which messages are re-filed are determined in the
6115same way as @code{wl-expire-archive-number1}.
6116
6117@code{elmo-localdir-folder-path} and @code{elmo-archive-folder-path}
6118should be different from each other when you use this function.  Please
6119beware that default values are the same.
6120
6121@item wl-expire-archive-date
6122re-files messages depending on its date (year and month) to archive
6123folders.
6124
6125For example, a message dated December 1998 is re-filed to
6126@code{$folder-199812;zip}.  The name of the archiving folders except the
6127date part are determined in the same way as
6128@code{wl-expire-archive-number1}.
6129
6130
6131You can set the first argument to these three standard functions to non-nil
6132in @code{wl-expire-alist} so as to retain message numbers in the folder.
6133For example, it can be specified just after the name of the function:
6134
6135@lisp
6136("^\\+ml/wl$" (number 300 310) wl-expire-archive-number1 t)
6137@end lisp
6138
6139If you omit the argument, consecutive numbers from 1 are assigned for
6140each archiving folder.
6141
6142@item wl-expire-localdir-date
6143divides messages depending on their date (year and month) to MH folders
6144e.g. to @samp{+ml/wl/1999_11/}, @samp{+ml/wl/1999_12/}.
6145@end table
6146@end table
6147
6148@subsection Treatment for Important or Unread Messages
6149
6150If you specify any of @code{remove}, @code{trash}, a folder name, or a
6151standard function, messages with marks in
6152@code{wl-summary-expire-reserve-marks} (which are called @dfn{reserved
6153messages} thereafter) are retained.
6154
6155By default, this variable includes the important, new, and unread marks,
6156so that messages with these marks are not removed.
6157Note that you cannot include the temporary mark (i.e. temporary marks
6158are removed anyway), and be sure to process temporary marks before you
6159invoke expiration.
6160
6161@subsection Auto Expiration
6162
6163The following setup invokes expiration when you move into the summary
6164mode.  There will be no confirmation, so make sure you made no mistake
6165in regexp and other settings before you set up this.
6166
6167@lisp
6168@group
6169(add-hook 'wl-summary-prepared-pre-hook 'wl-summary-expire)
6170@end group
6171@end lisp
6172
6173In the folder mode, you can invoke expiration per group as well as per
6174folder.  Therefore, if you specify @samp{Desktop} group, all folders
6175matching @code{wl-expire-alist} expire.
6176
6177@section Tips
6178
6179@subsection Treating archive folders
6180To treat archive folders created by @code{wl-expire-archive-number1} and so on,
6181you must set non-nil value to @code{elmo-archive-treat-file}.
6182
6183@subsection Confirming
6184
6185If you are to use @code{remove}, try @code{trash} at first and see
6186messages move to @code{wl-trash-folder} as expected, then replace it
6187with @code{remove}.  It would be dangerous to use @code{remove} from the
6188beginning.
6189
6190If you are to use @code{wl-expire-archive-number1} and the like, try to
6191make a folder of the archiver type (@code{zip} or @code{lha}) and see if
6192you can append messages to it.  Even if settings in
6193@code{wl-expire-alist} and @code{elmo-archive} are correct, messages
6194would not be saved anywhere and disappeared in case the archiver program
6195fails.
6196
6197After you make sure you can archive to the folder correctly, you can
6198invoke expiration and utilize the log.
6199
6200If you set @code{wl-expire-use-log} to @code{t},
6201@file{~/.elmo/expired-log} should contain the log, for example:
6202
6203@example
6204@group
6205delete  +ml/wl  (593 594 595 596 597 598 599)
6206move    +ml/wl -> $ml/wl-00600;tgz;wl  (600 601 602)
6207@end group
6208@end example
6209
6210The first column indicates the operation, i.e. @samp{delete},
6211@samp{copy}, or @samp{move}.  The next is the name of the folder that
6212expired.  In the case of @samp{copy} and @samp{move}, the destination
6213folder is recorded after @samp{->}.  The last is the list of message
6214numbers that are actually deleted or moved (in the case of @samp{copy}
6215and @samp{move}, the number is the one in the source folder, rather than
6216the destination folder).
6217
6218@subsection Re-filing Reserved Messages
6219
6220The three standard functions copy reserved messages to the archive
6221folder, but do not delete them from the source folder.  Because
6222reserved messages and the like always remain, they are recorded in
6223@file{~/.elmo/expired-alist} so that they are not copied over and over
6224again.  They are not recorded if copied by @code{wl-summary-archive}.
6225
6226If you enabled logging, usually @samp{move} is recorded for re-filing,
6227but instead @samp{copy} and @samp{delete} are recorded separately if
6228reserved messages are involved.  This is because it actually copies
6229messages including reserved, then deletes ones except reserved in that
6230case.
6231
6232@section Customizable Variables
6233
6234@table @code
6235@item wl-expire-alist
6236@vindex wl-expire-alist
6237The initial setting is @code{nil}.
6238This variable specifies folders and methods to expire.  For details,
6239refer to @code{wl-expire-alist} settings above.
6240
6241@item wl-summary-expire-reserve-marks
6242@vindex wl-summary-expire-reserve-marks
6243The initial setting is the list below.
6244
6245@lisp
6246@group
6247(list wl-summary-flag-mark
6248      wl-summary-new-uncached-mark
6249      wl-summary-new-cached-mark
6250      wl-summary-unread-uncached-mark
6251      wl-summary-unread-cached-mark)
6252@end group
6253@end lisp
6254
6255Messages with these marks are retained in the folder, even after
6256expiration.
6257Only permanent marks can be listed, not temporary marks.
6258
6259You can list marks one by one as in the default; you can use the
6260following settings as well:
6261
6262@table @code
6263@item all
6264All messages with permanent marks are retained,
6265i.e. @code{wl-summary-read-uncached-mark} is included in addition to the
6266defaults.
6267
6268@item none
6269All messages are handled as usual ones that are already read, no matter
6270what marks they have; even important messages are deleted.
6271@end table
6272
6273@item wl-expire-archive-files
6274@vindex wl-expire-archive-files
6275The initial setting is 100.
6276This variable specifies the number of messages to be retained in one
6277archiving folder.
6278
6279@item wl-expire-number-with-reserve-marks
6280@vindex wl-expire-number-with-reserve-marks
6281The initial setting is @code{nil}.
6282If non-nil, if expiring messages are specified by @code{number},
6283messages with @code{wl-summary-expire-reserve-marks} are also retained.
6284
6285@item wl-expire-archive-get-folder-function
6286@vindex wl-expire-archive-get-folder-function
6287The initial setting is @code{wl-expire-archive-get-folder}.
6288
6289This variable specifies a function that returns the name of an archiving
6290folder for standard functions in the place of @var{destination}.
6291You can use the following three variables for simple modification of
6292folder names; if you want more complex settings, define your own
6293function in this variable.
6294
6295@code{wl-expire-archive-get-folder} can be customized by these
6296variables:
6297@itemize @bullet
6298@item @code{wl-expire-archive-folder-name-fmt}
6299@item @code{wl-expire-archive-folder-type}
6300@item @code{wl-expire-archive-folder-prefix}
6301@end itemize
6302
6303@item wl-expire-archive-folder-name-fmt
6304@vindex wl-expire-archive-folder-name-fmt
6305The initial setting is @samp{%s-%%05d;%s}.
6306This is a @code{format} string for archiving folders used in
6307@code{wl-expire-archive-number1} and @code{wl-expire-archive-number2}.
6308Note that you must specify the message number by @samp{%%d}, because it
6309is parsed twice by @code{format}.
6310
6311If you modify this, adjust @code{wl-expire-archive-folder-num-regexp} as
6312well.
6313
6314@item wl-expire-archive-date-folder-name-fmt
6315@vindex wl-expire-archive-date-folder-name-fmt
6316The initial setting is @samp{%s-%%04d%%02d;%s}.
6317This is a @code{format} string for archiving folders used in
6318@code{wl-expire-archive-date}.  Note that you must specify the message
6319number by @samp{%%d}, because it is parsed twice by @code{format}.
6320There should be @samp{%%d} twice, one for the year and the other for the
6321month.
6322
6323If you modify this, adjust
6324@code{wl-expire-archive-date-folder-num-regexp} as well.
6325
6326@item wl-expire-archive-folder-type
6327@vindex wl-expire-archive-folder-type
6328The initial setting is @code{zip}.
6329This variable specifies an archiver type of the archiving folders.
6330
6331@item wl-expire-archive-folder-prefix
6332@vindex wl-expire-archive-folder-prefix
6333The initial setting is @code{nil}.
6334This variable specifies the prefix (directory structure) to archiving
6335folders.
6336Exercise extreme caution in using this feature, as it has not been
6337seriously tested.
6338In the worst case, there is a fear of destructing archiving folders.
6339
6340@table @code
6341@item nil
6342There will be no prefix.
6343
6344@item short
6345For example, @samp{+ml/wl} will be prefixed by @samp{wl}, resulting in
6346@samp{$ml/wl-00000;zip;wl}.
6347
6348@item t
6349For example, @samp{+ml/wl} will be prefixed by prefix @samp{ml/wl},
6350resulting in
6351
6352@samp{$ml/wl-00000;zip;ml/wl}.
6353@end table
6354
6355@item wl-expire-archive-folder-num-regexp
6356@vindex wl-expire-archive-folder-num-regexp
6357The initial setting is @samp{-\\([-0-9]+\\);}.
6358This variable specifies the regular expression to be used for getting
6359message numbers from multiple archiving folders specified by
6360@code{elmo-list-folders}.
6361Set it in accordance with @code{wl-expire-archive-folder-name-fmt}.
6362
6363@item wl-expire-archive-date-folder-num-regexp
6364@vindex wl-expire-archive-date-folder-num-regexp
6365The initial setting is @samp{-\\([-0-9]+\\);}.
6366This is the regular expression to be used for getting message numbers
6367from multiple archiving folders specified by @code{elmo-list-folders}.
6368Set it in accordance with @code{wl-expire-archive-date-folder-name-fmt}.
6369
6370@item wl-expire-delete-oldmsg-confirm
6371@vindex wl-expire-delete-oldmsg-confirm
6372The initial setting is @code{t}.
6373If non-nil, messages older than the one with the largest number will be
6374deleted with confirmation.
6375If @code{nil}, they are deleted without confirmation.
6376
6377This feature is valid only if non-nil is specified as a argument to the
6378standard functions so as to retain numbers.
6379
6380@item wl-expire-use-log
6381@vindex wl-expire-use-log
6382The initial setting is @code{nil}.
6383If non-nil, expiration logs are recorded in @file{~/.elmo/expired-log}.
6384They are appended but not truncated or rotated automatically; you might
6385need to remove it manually.
6386
6387@item wl-expire-add-seen-list
6388@vindex wl-expire-add-seen-list
6389The initial setting is @code{t}.
6390
6391If non-nil, when messages are re-filed by expiration, read/unread
6392information is passed to the destination folder.
6393
6394However if you do not read the destination folder from Wanderlust,
6395@file{seen} under @file{~/.elmo/} grows larger and larger, so you might
6396want to set this to @code{nil} if you are simply saving to some
6397archiving folders.  Even if its value is @code{nil}, messages in the
6398archiving folders are simply treated as unread; it does not affect
6399expiration itself.
6400
6401@item wl-expire-folder-update-msgdb
6402@vindex wl-expire-folder-update-msgdb
6403The initial setting is @code{t}.
6404If @code{t}, in the folder mode, expiration is carried out after
6405updating summary information.  If you specified a list of regular
6406expressions of folder names, summary information is updated for matching
6407folders only.
6408@end table
6409
6410
6411@node Archive,  , Expire, Expire and Archive
6412@section Archiving Messages
6413
6414@subsection Archiving Messages
6415@kbd{M-x wl-summary-archive} copies the whole folder to archiving
6416folders.  If there are the archiving folders already, only new messages
6417are appended.
6418
6419You can use @code{wl-archive-alist} in order to specify how messages are
6420archived according to their folder names, as in @code{wl-expire-alist}.
6421For example:
6422
6423@lisp
6424@group
6425(setq wl-archive-alist
6426      '(("^\\+tmp$"     wl-archive-date)
6427        ("^\\+outbox$"  wl-archive-number2)
6428        (".*"           wl-archive-number1)))
6429@end group
6430@end lisp
6431
6432Each item in the list has the following format:
6433
6434@example
6435(@var{folders-regexp}  @var{deleting-function})
6436@end example
6437
6438As you can see, you can only use a function after @var{folders-regexp}.
6439Per default, there are three functions:
6440
6441@itemize @bullet
6442@item @code{wl-archive-number1}
6443@item @code{wl-archive-number2}
6444@item @code{wl-archive-date}
6445@end itemize
6446
6447As inferred from their names, they work similarly to "expire" versions,
6448other than the following points:
6449
6450@itemize @minus
6451@item No messages are deleted
6452@item Message numbers are retained even if invoked without arguments
6453@end itemize
6454
6455These functions are good to archive all messages in a folder by their
6456numbers or by their dates.
6457These are also useful for backup or confirmation purposes before
6458expiration.
6459If you try to re-file them after they are archived, they are deleted but
6460not re-filed.
6461
6462Per default, the archiving folders to which messages are copied are
6463determined automatically by @code{wl-expire-archive-get-folder-function}.
6464You can copy to a specific folder by invoking with a prefix argument,
6465i.e. @kbd{C-u M-x wl-summary-archive}.
6466
6467Note that this feature has not been seriously tested, because you can
6468simply copy to an archiving folder, for example by
6469@code{wl-summary-copy-region}.
6470
6471The archiving folders are determined by the same logic as in
6472@code{wl-summary-expire}; the following customizable variables are
6473relevant:
6474
6475@itemize @bullet
6476@item @code{wl-expire-archive-files}
6477@item @code{wl-expire-archive-get-folder-function}
6478@item @code{wl-expire-archive-folder-name-fmt}
6479@item @code{wl-expire-archive-folder-type}
6480@item @code{wl-expire-archive-folder-prefix}
6481@item @code{wl-expire-archive-folder-num-regexp}
6482@end itemize
6483
6484@subsection Customizable Variables
6485
6486@table @code
6487@item wl-archive-alist
6488@vindex wl-archive-alist
6489The initial setting is the list shown below:
6490
6491@lisp
6492@group
6493((".*" wl-archive-number1))
6494@end group
6495@end lisp
6496
6497@noindent
6498This variable specifies a function that copies to archiving folders.
6499To the function, three arguments are passed: a folder name, a list of
6500messages in the folder, and msgdb information of the summary.
6501Needless to say, you can use your own function.
6502@end table
6503
6504
6505@node Scoring, Address Book, Expire and Archive, Top
6506@chapter Score of the Messages
6507@cindex Scoring
6508@c @cindex Kill File
6509
6510Scoring is the function that associates a score (value) with each
6511message, and marks as read or deletes from the summary according to it.
6512
6513You can put target or important marks on essential messages, or read marks
6514on the ones you do not want to read, for example spam articles.
6515
6516This scoring function has a capability and a format similar to the one
6517that Gnus has, although there are some unsupported features and
6518Wanderlust specifics.
6519@xref{Scoring, , ,gnus, Gnus Manual}.
6520
6521@menu
6522* Score Commands::             Score Commands
6523* Score File Format::          Score File Format
6524@end menu
6525
6526
6527@node Score Commands, Score File Format, Scoring, Scoring
6528@section Score Commands
6529@cindex Score Commands
6530
6531@subsection Score File Specification
6532
6533@code{wl-score-folder-alist} specifies score files or variables in which
6534scores are defined, corresponding to folder names.
6535
6536@lisp
6537@group
6538(setq wl-score-folder-alist
6539      '(("^-.*"
6540         "news.SCORE"
6541         "my.SCORE")
6542        (".*"
6543         "all.SCORE")))
6544@end group
6545@end lisp
6546
6547If paths to the score files are omitted, the directory specified in the
6548variable @code{wl-score-files-directory} is assumed.
6549
6550No matter what you write in @code{wl-score-folder-alist}, the default
6551score file @code{wl-score-default-file} (@file{all.SCORE}) is always
6552read (it does not have to exist).
6553Therefore, in the example above, the three score files,
6554@file{news.SCORE}, @file{my.SCORE}, and @file{all.SCORE} are read for
6555the folders that matches @samp{^-.*}.
6556
6557@subsection Scored Messages
6558
6559Scores are attached to the messages that are specified by
6560@code{wl-summary-score-marks} temporarily when the summary is updated;
6561when you exit from the summary, the scores are removed and reverts to
6562the defaults.
6563
6564@subsection Creation of Score Files
6565
6566In the summary buffer, move to an appropriate message and type @kbd{L}.
6567Then type @kbd{s}, @kbd{s}, and @kbd{p} at a prompt in a mini-buffer.
6568The string in Subject is presented.  Edit it and press @kbd{@key{RET}}.
6569
6570This makes @minus{}1000 are scored for messages with the same
6571@samp{Subject:} as the string you entered.  That is, such a score file
6572is created automatically.
6573
6574Then, try typing @kbd{h} and @kbd{e} in the same summary buffer.
6575The score file you just made appears.
6576This buffer is called @dfn{score editing buffer} thereafter.
6577When you type @kbd{C-c C-e} in it, you are prompted in the mini-buffer
6578as you are previously; type @kbd{a}.  Then a score entry for "From"
6579should be inserted.
6580In this way, you can create a score file easily either in the summary
6581buffer or in the score editing buffer.
6582
6583By the way, you might be aware the numbers of key strokes are different
6584between @kbd{s s p} and @kbd{a}.
6585This is determined by @code{wl-score-header-default-entry}.
6586This variable specifies the default score entries corresponding to
6587header fields.
6588For example, for "subject" field, a type and a time limit are prompted,
6589but for "from" field, they are fixed upon automatically as substring and
6590permanent respectively.
6591However, score values can be modified by the prefix argument.
6592Typing @kbd{?} at the mini-buffer shows a help on keys and corresponding
6593headers and types.
6594
6595At last, type @kbd{C-c C-c} in the score editing buffer.  This saves the
6596score file and terminates the edit mode.  Typing @kbd{C-c C-c} after
6597erasing contents of the buffer deletes the score file being edited.
6598
6599@subsection Tips
6600
6601@subsubsection Selecting Score Files
6602
6603You can change score files to which scores are appended by
6604@code{wl-summary-increase-score} and @code{wl-summary-lower-score} by
6605@code{wl-score-change-score-file}.
6606
6607@subsubsection Summing Up the Score
6608
6609If you add the same entries by @code{wl-summary-increase-score},
6610@code{wl-summary-lower-score}, and @code{wl-score-edit-insert-entry},
6611scores for the entry is summed up.
6612
6613For example, if you create @samp{from} entry with the score of @minus{}1000 by
6614@kbd{L a} and again @samp{from} with @minus{}200, one entry with the score of
6615@minus{}1200 will be created as a result.
6616
6617@subsubsection Creating Thread Key
6618
6619Creating @samp{Thread} key by @code{wl-summary-increase-score} or
6620@code{wl-summary-lower-score} appends @samp{Message-ID} of all children.
6621
6622@subsubsection Creating Followup Key
6623
6624Creating @samp{Followup} key by @code{wl-summary-increase-score} or
6625@code{wl-summary-lower-score} appends @samp{Message-ID} of the message
6626at the cursor to @samp{References} key.
6627If @code{wl-score-auto-make-followup-entry} is non-nil,
6628@samp{Message-ID} of all messages to be followed up within dates
6629specified by @code{wl-score-expiry-days}.
6630
6631@subsection Key Bindings
6632
6633@table @kbd
6634@item K
6635@kindex K (Summary)
6636@findex wl-summary-increase-score
6637Increases the score for the current message.
6638And the score entry is appended to the score file at the same moment.
6639You can specify the score value by a prefix argument.
6640
6641@item L
6642@kindex L (Summary)
6643@findex wl-summary-lower-score
6644Decreases the score for the current message.
6645And the score entry is appended to the score file at the same moment.
6646You can specify the score value by a prefix argument.
6647
6648@item h R
6649@kindex h R (Summary)
6650@findex wl-summary-rescore
6651Re-applies the scoring.
6652However, already scored messages are not scored anew.
6653
6654@item h c
6655@kindex h c (Summary)
6656@findex wl-score-change-score-file
6657Changes the score file currently selected.
6658
6659@item h e
6660@kindex h e (Summary)
6661@findex wl-score-edit-current-scores
6662Edits the score file currently selected.
6663If there are multiple score files, the previously specified one is
6664selected.
6665
6666@item h f
6667@kindex h f (Summary)
6668@findex wl-score-edit-file
6669Edits an arbitrary score file and selects it.
6670
6671@item h F
6672@kindex h F (Summary)
6673@findex wl-score-flush-cache
6674Erases caches associated to the score files that are read.
6675If you modified score files directly (from other than Wanderlust), you
6676need to re-read them after erasing the cache.
6677
6678@item h m
6679@kindex h m (Summary)
6680@findex wl-score-set-mark-below
6681Specifies the criterion for scores to be marked as read.
6682Messages with scores less than this value are marked as read.
6683
6684@item h x
6685@kindex h x (Summary)
6686@findex wl-score-set-expunge-below
6687Specifies the criterion for scores to be deleted from the summary.
6688Messages with scores less than this value are deleted.
6689"Deleted" means it is not shown; they are not removed from the summary
6690information or the folder.
6691The deleted messages can be shown by rescan-noscore again.
6692@end table
6693
6694@subsection Key Bindings in the Score Editing Buffer
6695
6696@table @kbd
6697@item C-c C-k
6698@kindex C-c C-k (Score Mode)
6699@findex wl-score-edit-kill
6700Abandons the file being edited.
6701
6702@item C-c C-c
6703@kindex C-c C-c (Score Mode)
6704@findex wl-score-edit-exit
6705Saves the file being edited, and quits from the edit mode.
6706
6707@item C-c C-p
6708@kindex C-c C-p (Score Mode)
6709@findex wl-score-pretty-print
6710Re-draws the score.
6711
6712@item C-c C-d
6713@kindex C-c C-d (Score Mode)
6714@findex wl-score-edit-insert-date
6715Inserts the number of dates from Dec. 31, 1 B.C.
6716It is used for creating the third factor of time-limited scores.
6717
6718@item C-c C-s
6719@kindex C-c C-s (Score Mode)
6720@findex wl-score-edit-insert-header
6721Inserts the header of the message selected in the summary buffer.
6722
6723@item C-c C-e
6724@kindex C-c C-e (Score Mode)
6725@findex wl-score-edit-insert-entry
6726Inserts the score entry of the message selected in the summary buffer.
6727@end table
6728
6729@subsection Customizable Variables
6730
6731@table @code
6732@item wl-summary-default-score
6733@vindex wl-summary-default-score
6734The initial setting is 0 (zero).
6735This variable specifies the default value of the score.
6736The score is increased or decreased based upon this value.
6737
6738@item wl-summary-important-above
6739@vindex wl-summary-important-above
6740The initial setting is @code{nil}.
6741Messages with scores larger than this value are attached with the
6742important mark (@samp{$}).
6743If @code{nil}, no important marks are attached.
6744
6745@item wl-summary-target-above
6746@vindex wl-summary-target-above
6747The initial setting is @code{nil}.
6748Messages with scores larger than this value are attached with the target
6749mark (@samp{*}).
6750If @code{nil}, no target marks are attached.
6751
6752@item wl-summary-mark-below
6753@vindex wl-summary-mark-below
6754The initial setting is 0 (zero).
6755Messages with scores smaller than this value are marked as read.
6756
6757@item wl-summary-expunge-below
6758@vindex wl-summary-expunge-below
6759The initial setting is @code{nil}.
6760Messages with scores smaller than this value are deleted from the
6761summary.
6762If @code{nil}, they are not deleted.
6763
6764@item wl-summary-score-marks
6765@vindex wl-summary-score-marks
6766The initial setting is the list shown below:
6767
6768@lisp
6769@group
6770(list wl-summary-new-uncached-mark
6771      wl-summary-new-cached-mark)
6772@end group
6773@end lisp
6774
6775@noindent
6776Messages with these marks are scored.
6777
6778@item wl-use-scoring
6779@vindex wl-use-scoring
6780The initial setting is t.
6781If non-nil, scoring is enabled.
6782
6783@item wl-score-files-directory
6784@vindex wl-score-files-directory
6785The initial setting is @file{~/.elmo/}.
6786The default directory for score files.
6787
6788@item wl-score-interactive-default-score
6789@vindex wl-score-interactive-default-score
6790The initial setting is 1000.
6791This value is used as a score when a score factor is @code{nil} in the
6792score file.  It is also used in @code{wl-summary-increase-score} and
6793@code{wl-summary-lower-score}, on condition that the value of
6794@code{wl-score-header-default-entry} is @code{nil}.
6795
6796@item wl-score-expiry-days
6797@vindex wl-score-expiry-days
6798The initial setting is 7.
6799This is the number of days before time-limited scores are deleted.
6800
6801@item wl-score-update-entry-dates
6802@vindex wl-score-update-entry-dates
6803The initial setting is @code{t}.
6804If non-nil, it enables deletion of time-limited scores.
6805
6806@item wl-score-header-default-entry
6807@vindex wl-score-header-default-entry
6808Specifies the default value for each header field for score entries
6809created by @code{wl-summary-increase-score},
6810@code{wl-summary-lower-score}, and @code{wl-score-edit-insert-entry}.
6811
6812@item wl-score-simplify-fuzzy-regexp
6813@vindex wl-score-simplify-fuzzy-regexp
6814In the case of a type of a score entry is @code{fuzzy}, this specifies a
6815regular expression to be deleted from the string.
6816Because this is usually used for Subject, the default is prefixes that
6817are attached by mailing list programs.
6818
6819@item wl-summary-rescore-partial-threshold
6820@vindex wl-summary-rescore-partial-threshold
6821The initial setting is 200.
6822When sync-all or rescan is executed, if there are messages more than
6823this value, only the last same number of messages as this value are
6824scored.
6825
6826@item wl-summary-auto-sync-marks
6827@vindex wl-summary-auto-sync-marks
6828If non-nil, unread/important marks are synchronized when the summary
6829does.
6830Unread marks reflect information on the IMAP4 server.
6831Important marks reflect information on the IMAP4 server (flagged or
6832not), and contents of @samp{'flag} folder.
6833The initial setting is @code{t}.
6834@end table
6835
6836
6837@node Score File Format,  , Score Commands, Scoring
6838@section Score File Format
6839@cindex Score File Format
6840
6841The format of score files are the same as Gnus, and basically you can
6842use Gnus score files as they are.  But they are not fully compatible
6843because some keys are not supported and there are Wanderlust specifics.
6844@xref{Score File Format, , ,gnus, Gnus Manual}.
6845
6846@lisp
6847@group
6848(("subject"
6849  ("for sale" -1000 nil s)
6850  ("profit" -1000 nil s))
6851 ("from"
6852  ("spam@@spamspamspam" -10000 nil s))
6853 ("followup"
6854  ("my@@address" 3001 nil s))
6855 ("chars"
6856  (1000000 -10 nil >))
6857 (important 5000)
6858 (target 3000)
6859 (mark 0)
6860 (expunge -3000))
6861@end group
6862@end lisp
6863
6864@table @code
6865@item string
6866If the key is a string, it is the name of the header to be matched.
6867The following keys are available:
6868@code{Subject}, @code{From}, @code{Date}, @code{Message-ID},
6869@code{References}, @code{To}, @code{Cc}, @code{Chars}, @code{Lines},
6870@code{Xref}, @code{Extra}, @code{Followup}, @code{Thread}
6871@code{Chars} and @code{Lines} mean the size and the number of lines of
6872the message, respectively.  @code{Extra}, @code{Followup}, @code{Thread}
6873are described later.
6874The rest corresponds the field of the same name.
6875
6876Arbitrary numbers of core entries are specified after the key.
6877Each score entry consists of these five factors:
6878
6879@enumerate
6880@item
6881A factor that matches header.  This should be a number in the cases of
6882@code{lines} and @code{chars}, otherwise a string.
6883
6884@item
6885A score factor.  When the first item matches, the score of the message
6886is increased or decreased by this value.
6887
6888@item
6889A time limiting factor.  If @code{nil}, the score is permanent, and in the case
6890of a number, the score is deleted if it does not match for days
6891(@code{wl-score-expiry-days}) from the date specified by this.
6892The date is since Dec. 31, 1 B.C.
6893
6894@item
6895A type factor.  This specifies the way the first factor matches.
6896Available types depend on keys.
6897
6898@table @dfn
6899@item From, Subject, References, Message-ID
6900For these keys in string, @code{r} and @code{R} (regexp),
6901@code{s} and @code{S} (substring), @code{e} and @code{E} (exact match),
6902as well as @code{f} and @code{F} (fuzzy) can be used.
6903@code{R}, @code{S}, @code{E}, and @code{F} are case sensitive.
6904
6905@item Lines, Chars
6906For these keys, the following five numerical relative operators can be
6907used: @code{<}, @code{>}, @code{=}, @code{>=}, @code{<=}.
6908
6909@item Followup
6910This key matches @code{From} header, and scores all follow-ups to the
6911message.
6912For example, it would be useful for increasing scores for follow-ups to
6913you own article.
6914
6915You can use the same types as @code{From} except for @code{f}.
6916And a @samp{Followup} entry is automatically appended to the score file.
6917
6918@item Thread
6919This key scores (sub-)threads beginning with @code{Message-ID} @var{x}.
6920A @samp{Thread} entry is automatically appended for each article that
6921has @var{x} in the @code{References} header.
6922You can make sure the whole thread including messages that does not have
6923all ancestors @code{Message-ID} in @code{References} is scored.
6924
6925You can use the same types as @code{References} except for @code{f}.
6926And a @samp{Thread} entry is automatically appended to the score file.
6927@end table
6928
6929@item
6930A factor for extension header.  This is meaningful only if the key is
6931@code{Extra}.
6932This specifies headers to be matched other than standard headers like
6933@code{Subject} and @code{From}.
6934Note that you should specify the header in
6935@code{elmo-msgdb-extra-fields} also.
6936Therefore it does not work in folders where extension headers cannot be
6937retrieved.
6938
6939@end enumerate
6940
6941The sum of these scores @emph{after all factors are applied} becomes the
6942score of the message.
6943
6944@cindex Score File Atoms
6945@item mark
6946Messages with a score less than this value is marked as read.
6947The default is @code{wl-summary-mark-below}.
6948
6949@item expunge
6950Messages with a score less than this value is deleted from the summary.
6951The default is @code{wl-summary-expunge-below}.
6952
6953@item mark-and-expunge
6954Both @code{mark} and @code{expunge} are applied,
6955i.e. messages with a score less than this value is marked as read and
6956deleted from the summary.
6957
6958@item target
6959Messages with a score greater than this value is attached with temp
6960marks.
6961The default is @code{wl-summary-target-above}.
6962
6963@item important
6964Messages with a score greater than this value is attached with important
6965marks.
6966The default is @code{wl-summary-important-above}.
6967@end table
6968
6969@subsection Caveats
6970
6971Not to mention the @code{extra} key, if @code{lines} or @code{xref} keys
6972are used, you need to set @code{elmo-msgdb-extra-fields}.
6973
6974@lisp
6975(setq elmo-msgdb-extra-fields '("lines" "xref"))
6976@end lisp
6977
6978There are other restrictions as shown below:
6979
6980@itemize @bullet
6981@item Because @samp{References} field in the summary information
6982contains only the last @samp{Message-ID}, @code{references} key matches
6983the last one only.
6984@end itemize
6985
6986Keys that can be seen by folder of types:
6987
6988@example
6989@group
6990@multitable {nntp (supporting xover)} {chars} {lines} {xref} {extra}
6991@headitem @tab chars @tab lines @tab xref  @tab extra
6992@item localdir,localnews @tab Y @tab E @tab E @tab E
6993@item nntp (supporting xover) @tab Y @tab E @tab E @tab N
6994@item (otherwise) @tab N @tab E @tab E @tab E
6995@item imap4 @tab Y @tab E @tab E @tab E
6996@item pop3 @tab N @tab E @tab E @tab E
6997@end multitable
6998
6999                Y: can be seen
7000                N: cannot be seen (ignored)
7001                E: can be seen with @code{elmo-msgdb-extra-fields} settings
7002@end group
7003@end example
7004
7005
7006@node Address Book, Quick Search, Scoring, Top
7007@chapter Address Book
7008@cindex Address Book
7009
7010With address book, you can utilize address completion, and you have
7011summary displayed with nicknames.
7012
7013@menu
7014* Mail Addresses::   Definition of Address Book
7015* Address Manager::  Address Manager
7016@end menu
7017
7018
7019@node Mail Addresses, Address Manager, Address Book, Address Book
7020@section Address book
7021@cindex Address book Definition
7022@cindex .addresses
7023@cindex Alias, Address
7024
7025The file @file{~/.addresses} is a simple address book for Wanderlust.
7026Make address file @file{~/.addresses}, and edit to suit your requirement.
7027
7028The data written in @file{~/.addresses} are used for address completion
7029under draft editing mode. Furthermore, they are used when showing names
7030in summary display mode. You can safely skip this section, if you don't
7031want to customize address completion and summary display.
7032It is possible to add/change/remove addresses from @file{~/.addresses} in
7033summary buffer after Wanderlust is invoked. @refill
7034
7035The format is very simple. Like this. @refill
7036
7037@example
7038@group
7039#
7040# @r{Lines begin with @samp{#} are comment.}
7041# @r{Empty lines are ignored}
7042#
7043# @r{Format of each line:}
7044# @var{email-address}  "@var{nickname} "@var{realname}"
7045#
7046teranisi@@gohome.org            "Yuuichi"    "Yuuichi Teranishi"
7047foo@@bar.gohome.org             "Mr. Foo"    "John Foo"
7048bar@@foo.gohome.org             "Mr. Bar"    "Michael Bar"
7049@end group
7050@end example
7051
7052@noindent
7053One line defines one persons description.
7054
7055Actually, in default setup, @var{nickname} is used in summary-mode and
7056@var{realname} is used in draft preparation mode. This behavior is
7057better understood if you try it and confirmed the function first. You
7058can write and try a small definition, so you will know the idea of the
7059address book before writing a big one.
7060
7061And, if MH alias file is specified in variable @code{wl-alias-file},
7062it is used as an address information in the draft preparation mode.
7063
7064If variable @code{wl-use-ldap} is non-nil (initial setting is
7065@code{nil}), address completion in draft mode uses LDAP information.
7066
7067If you use LDAP, you have to set @code{wl-ldap-server},
7068@code{wl-ldap-port} and @code{wl-ldap-base} properly.
7069You also have to set command exec @env{PATH} to
7070the program @command{ldapsearch}.
7071
7072
7073@node Address Manager,  , Mail Addresses, Address Book
7074@section Address Manager
7075@cindex Address Manager
7076
7077You can type @kbd{C-c C-a} to enter address manger mode.  You can edit
7078the address book and insert address to draft buffer.
7079
7080@subsection Key Bindings
7081
7082@table @kbd
7083@item t
7084@kindex t (Address Manager)
7085@findex wl-addrmgr-set-to
7086Add @samp{To:} mark.
7087
7088@item c
7089@kindex c (Address Manager)
7090@findex wl-addrmgr-set-cc
7091Add @samp{Cc:} mark.
7092
7093@item b
7094@kindex b (Address Manager)
7095@findex wl-addrmgr-set-bcc
7096Add @samp{Bcc:} mark.
7097
7098@item u
7099@kindex u (Address Manager)
7100@findex wl-addrmgr-unmark
7101Cancel the mark.
7102
7103@item x
7104@kindex x (Address Manager)
7105@findex wl-addrmgr-apply
7106
7107Insert @samp{To:}, @samp{Cc:}, or @samp{Bcc:} marked addresses to draft
7108buffer and quit address manager.  When no draft buffer, make new draft
7109with insert marked addresses.
7110
7111If no mark, quit address manager.
7112
7113
7114@item q
7115@kindex q (Address Manager)
7116@findex wl-addrmgr-quit
7117Quit address manager.
7118
7119@item a
7120@kindex a (Address Manager)
7121@findex wl-addrmgr-add
7122Add new entry.
7123
7124@item d
7125@kindex d (Address Manager)
7126@findex wl-addrmgr-delete
7127Delete entry.
7128
7129@item e
7130@kindex e (Address Manager)
7131@findex wl-addrmgr-edit
7132Edit entry.
7133@end table
7134
7135@node Quick Search, Spam Filter, Address Book, Top
7136@chapter Quick Search
7137@cindex Quick Search
7138
7139@code{wl-qs} provides an interface to quickly search your mail archive.
7140It can use an external search engine (@ref{Search Folder}), Gmail
7141search, or a filter folder (@ref{Filter Folder}).
7142
7143@code{wl-qs} provides the command
7144@code{wl-quicksearch-goto-search-folder}. Using it will first prompt for
7145a search, and then jump to the search results.
7146
7147@menu
7148* Setup of Quick Search::       Setup
7149* Usage of Quick Search::       Searching
7150@end menu
7151
7152@node Setup of Quick Search, Usage of Quick Search,, Quick Search
7153@section Setup of @code{wl-qs}
7154
7155To setup, configure the value of @code{wl-quicksearch-folder}.
7156This should be the name of the folder you would like to search. For
7157example, @samp{%[Gmail]/All Mail:username@@imap.gmail.com},
7158@samp{.archive} or @samp{[]}. The latter is advised if you use a mail
7159index, such as mu, notmuch or namazu, as it is quite fast.
7160
7161@node Usage of Quick Search,, Setup of Quick Search, Quick Search
7162@section Searching
7163
7164To search your mail archive, use the command
7165@code{wl-quicksearch-goto-search-folder}, which can be called using
7166@kbd{'} in a Summary buffer or the Folder buffer. You will be prompted
7167for a search, and then will immediately jump to the search results.
7168
7169@subsection Search folder
7170
7171If you use specified @samp{[} as the value of
7172@code{wl-quicksearch-folder}, you will be accessing a search folder
7173(@ref{Search Folder}). You will be prompted for a search string. The
7174syntax of the search will depend on the value of
7175@code{elmo-search-default-engine}. Quotes will be escaped for you
7176automatically and passed on to the search program.
7177
7178(If you are using the grep search engine, you must specify a target
7179folder. Your @code{wl-quicksearch-folder} should look like
7180@samp{[]~/Mail/semi!grep}.)
7181
7182@subsection Gmail
7183
7184If you use a gmail folder as your @code{wl-quicksearch-folder}, you will be prompted for a
7185Gmail search query
7186(@uref{https://support.google.com/mail/answer/7190}). You may use
7187any Gmail search operator; the search is handled by Gmail's server.
7188
7189@subsection Filter folder
7190
7191If you are using any other type of folder, you will be prompted for a
7192query using the interactive query builder. When you have finished your
7193query, you will be directed to a filter folder for your
7194@code{wl-quicksearch-folder}.
7195
7196@node Spam Filter, Advanced Issues, Quick Search, Top
7197@chapter Spam Filter
7198@cindex Spam Filter
7199
7200@code{wl-spam} provides an frontend to external spam filtering programs.
7201You can register to or judge spam by the filtering program cooperateing
7202with messages operations on Wanderlust.
7203
7204@menu
7205* Usage of Spam Filter::        Usage of Spam Filter
7206* Spam Filter Processors::      Supported spam filters
7207@end menu
7208
7209@node Usage of Spam Filter, Spam Filter Processors, Spam Filter, Spam Filter
7210@section Usage of Spam Filter
7211
7212@subsection Initial Setting
7213
7214To use @code{wl-spam}, write in @file{~/.wl} as follows:
7215
7216@lisp
7217@group
7218;; @r{Use @samp{bogofilter} as spam back end}
7219;; @r{Set @samp{scheme} here as the spam filter you will use.}
7220;; @r{@xref{Spam Filter Processors}.}
7221(setq elmo-spam-scheme 'bogofilter)
7222(require 'wl-spam)
7223@end group
7224@end lisp
7225
7226@subsection spam mark
7227
7228The spam mark (@samp{s}) will be provided as new temporary mark.
7229Messages marked by this will be refiled into @code{wl-spam-folder} when
7230the action is called for execution. Marked messages will be skipped by
7231summary walking in ordinary way.
7232
7233The spam mark is be put on by spam judgement described later, or by
7234invoking @kbd{k m} at any time.
7235
7236@subsection spam judgment
7237
7238You can judge spam messages by following ways:
7239
7240@enumerate
7241@item
7242Make judgement on execution of auto-refile.
7243
7244Insert @code{wl-refile-guess-by-spam} to arbitrary position in
7245@code{wl-auto-refile-guess-functions} as follows.
7246
7247@lisp
7248@group
7249(setq wl-auto-refile-guess-functions
7250      '(wl-refile-guess-by-rule
7251        wl-refile-guess-by-spam))
7252@end group
7253@end lisp
7254
7255In this example, judge spam if it could not decide refile destination by
7256@code{wl-refile-rule-alist}.
7257
7258@item
7259Make judgement on entering the summary of specified folder.
7260
7261Specify the value of @code{wl-spam-auto-check-folder-regexp-list}
7262as the list of regular expressions for folder names to be
7263automatically judged by spam filter.
7264
7265@lisp
7266(setq wl-spam-auto-check-folder-regexp-list '("\\+inbox"))
7267@end lisp
7268
7269In this example, judgement will be processed when you enter summary of
7270the folder whose name contains @samp{+inbox}.
7271
7272@item
7273Make judgement on splitting messages with @code{elmo-split}.
7274
7275It provides new function @code{spam-p} to be specified as @samp{CONDITION}
7276in @code{elmo-split-rule}. This function returns true when the message
7277is judged as spam.
7278@xref{Split messages}.
7279
7280You can also process learning by the result of judgement. (You would
7281better turn on this feature after learning to some extent)
7282
7283Example follows:
7284
7285@lisp
7286@group
7287(setq elmo-split-rule
7288      '(((spam-p) "+spam")
7289        ;; @r{to learn by the judgement, use following instead}
7290        ;((spam-p :register t) "+spam")
7291        (t "+inbox"))
7292@end group
7293@end lisp
7294@end enumerate
7295
7296@subsection spam learning
7297
7298@code{wl-spam} automatically learn spam with refiling messages.
7299
7300At first, @code{wl-spam} classifies the folders controlled by Wanderlust
7301into following 4 domains by the class of containig messages
7302
7303@table @samp
7304@item spam
7305Folders containing messages judged as spam.
7306(The folder specified by @code{wl-spam-folder})
7307@item good
7308Folders containing messages judged as non-spam.
7309@item undecide
7310Folders containing messages not yet judged. Folders without
7311pre-distribution may belong to this domain e.g. @samp{+inbox}.
7312(specified by @code{wl-spam-undecided-folder-regexp-list})
7313@item ignored
7314Foldes have nothing to do with spam processing e.g.
7315@code{wl-trash-folder} or @code{wl-draft-folder}. (specified by
7316@code{wl-spam-ignored-folder-regexp-list})
7317@end table
7318
7319When you refile messages across different domains, it automatically
7320learn messages as @samp{spam} or @samp{non-spam} according to domains
7321it belongs before and after.
7322
7323To put it concretely, it will learn by following rule:
7324
7325@table @samp
7326@item undecide -> spam
7327learn as spam.
7328@item good -> spam
7329learn as spam and cancel previous study as non-spam.
7330@item undecide -> good
7331learn as non-spam.
7332@item spam -> good
7333learn as non-spam and cancel previous study as spam.
7334@end table
7335
7336It do not learn anything in other cases.
7337
7338@subsection Key Bindings
7339@cindex Keybind, spam filter
7340
7341@table @kbd
7342@item k m
7343@kindex k m (Summary)
7344@findex wl-summary-spam
7345Put spam mark (@samp{s}) on current message.
7346
7347@item k c
7348@kindex k c (Summary)
7349@findex wl-summary-test-spam
7350Test current message and put spam mark if judged as spam.
7351Remove spam mark if judged as non-spam.
7352
7353@item k C
7354@kindex k C (Summary)
7355@findex wl-summary-mark-spam
7356Test messages with the mark in @code{wl-spam-auto-check-marks},
7357and put spam mark if judged as spam. If it is called with prefix
7358argument, test all messages regardless of their marks.
7359
7360@item k s
7361@kindex k s (Summary)
7362@findex wl-summary-register-as-spam
7363Register current message as spam and put spam mark.
7364
7365@item k S
7366@kindex k S (Summary)
7367@findex wl-summary-register-as-spam-all
7368Register all messages in the folder as spam and put spam mark.
7369
7370@item k n
7371@kindex k n (Summary)
7372@findex wl-summary-register-as-good
7373Register current message as non-spam and remove spam mark.
7374
7375@item k N
7376@kindex k N (Summary)
7377@findex wl-summary-register-as-good-all
7378Register all messages in the folder as non-spam and remove spam mark.
7379
7380@item r k m
7381@kindex r k m (Summary)
7382@findex wl-summary-spam-region
7383Put spam mark on messages in the specified region.
7384
7385@item r k c
7386@kindex r k c (Summary)
7387@findex wl-summary-test-spam-region
7388Test messages in the specified region and put spam mark if judged as spam.
7389Remove spam mark if judged as non-spam.
7390
7391@item r k s
7392@kindex r k s (Summary)
7393@findex wl-summary-register-as-spam-region
7394Register messages in the specified region as spam and put spam mark.
7395
7396@item r k n
7397@kindex r k n (Summary)
7398@findex wl-summary-register-as-good-region
7399Register messages in the specified region as non-spam and remove spam mark.
7400
7401@item t k m
7402@kindex t k m (Summary)
7403@findex wl-thread-spam
7404Put spam mark on messages which are the descendant of the current thread.
7405With prefix argument, it affects on the all messages in the thread tree.
7406
7407@item t k c
7408@kindex t k c (Summary)
7409@findex wl-thread-test-spam
7410Test messages which are the descendant of the current thread and put spam mark
7411if judged as spam.  Remove spam mark if judged as non-spam.
7412With prefix argument, it affects on the all messages in the thread tree.
7413
7414@item t k s
7415@kindex t k s (Summary)
7416@findex wl-thread-register-as-spam
7417Register messages which are the descendant of the current thread as spam
7418and put spam mark.
7419With prefix argument, it affects on the all messages in the thread tree.
7420
7421@item t k n
7422@kindex t k n (Summary)
7423@findex wl-thread-register-as-good
7424Register messages which are the descendant of the current thread as non-spam
7425and remove spam mark.
7426With prefix argument, it affects on the all messages in the thread tree.
7427
7428@item m k
7429@kindex m k (Summary)
7430@findex wl-summary-target-mark-spam
7431Put spam mark (@samp{s}) on messages with the target mark @samp{*}.
7432
7433@item m s
7434@kindex m s (Summary)
7435@findex wl-summary-target-mark-register-as-spam
7436Register messages with the target mark @samp{*} as spam and put spam mark.
7437
7438@item m n
7439@kindex m n (Summary)
7440@findex wl-summary-target-mark-register-as-good
7441Register messages with the target mark @samp{*} as non-spam and remove spam mark.
7442@end table
7443
7444@subsection Customizable Variables
7445
7446@table @code
7447@item wl-spam-folder
7448@vindex wl-spam-folder
7449Specify the name of destination folder for the spam messages.
7450The initial setting is @samp{+spam}.
7451
7452@item wl-spam-undecided-folder-regexp-list
7453@vindex wl-spam-undecided-folder-regexp-list
7454Specify the list of regexp of folder names which contain messages
7455not yet decided as spam or non-spam.
7456The initial setting is @code{'("inbox")}.
7457
7458@item wl-spam-ignored-folder-regexp-list
7459@vindex wl-spam-ignored-folder-regexp-list
7460The initial setting is as follows.
7461
7462@lisp
7463@group
7464(list (regexp-opt (list wl-draft-folder
7465                        wl-trash-folder
7466                        wl-queue-folder)))
7467@end group
7468@end lisp
7469
7470Folders of no effect against spam judgement, specified by the list of
7471folder name regular expressions.
7472
7473@item wl-spam-auto-check-folder-regexp-list
7474@vindex wl-spam-auto-check-folder-regexp-list
7475Folders to make spam judgement on entering the summary of them,
7476specified by the list of folder name regular expressions.
7477The initial setting is @code{nil}.
7478
7479@item wl-spam-auto-check-marks
7480@vindex wl-spam-auto-check-marks
7481The initial setting is the following list:
7482
7483@lisp
7484@group
7485(list wl-summary-new-uncached-mark
7486      wl-summary-new-cached-mark)
7487@end group
7488@end lisp
7489
7490Messages with mark specified by this variable will be processed
7491by whole-folder judgement including auto test by
7492@code{wl-spam-auto-check-folder-regexp-list}.
7493Persistent marks can be used in this method, but temporary marks cannot.
7494
7495You can specify the list of marks as the initial setting, or you can
7496specify follwing symbol:
7497
7498@table @code
7499@item all
7500Process all messages regardless of persistent marks.
7501@end table
7502@end table
7503
7504
7505@node Spam Filter Processors,  , Usage of Spam Filter, Spam Filter
7506@section Supported Spam Filters
7507@cindex Spam Filter, Bogofilter
7508@cindex Spam Filter, Spamfilter
7509
7510Supported spam filtering libraries are following ones.
7511
7512@menu
7513* bogofilter::                          bogofilter
7514* spamfilter::                          spamfilter.el
7515* bsfilter::                            bsfilter
7516* SpamAssassin::                        SpamAssassin
7517* SpamOracle::                          SpamOracle
7518* Regular Expressions Header Matching:: Header regexp
7519@end menu
7520
7521
7522@node bogofilter, spamfilter, Spam Filter Processors, Spam Filter Processors
7523@subsection bogofilter
7524@cindex bogofilter
7525
7526bogofilter (@uref{http://bogofilter.sourceforge.net/}) is a spam filter
7527implemented by C language.
7528
7529To use spam filter with bogofilter, write following setting in
7530@file{~/.wl} or somewhere else.
7531
7532@lisp
7533@group
7534(setq elmo-spam-scheme 'bogofilter)
7535@end group
7536@end lisp
7537
7538@subsubsection Customizable Variables
7539
7540@table @code
7541@item elmo-spam-bogofilter-program
7542@vindex elmo-spam-bogofilter-program
7543The initial setting is @file{bogofilter}.
7544Specify the name of executable of bogofilter. If the executable
7545is not in your environmental variable @env{PATH}, you should
7546set this by full path.
7547
7548@item elmo-spam-bogofilter-args
7549@vindex elmo-spam-bogofilter-args
7550The initial setting is @code{nil}.
7551Specify arguments to be supplied for bogofilter executable.
7552
7553@item elmo-spam-bogofilter-database-directory
7554@vindex elmo-spam-bogofilter-database-directory
7555Specify the directory for statistical database to be used.
7556@code{nil} to use default directory (@file{~/.bogofilter}).
7557The initial setting is @code{nil}.
7558
7559@item elmo-spam-bogofilter-max-messages-per-process
7560@vindex elmo-spam-bogofilter-max-messages-per-process
7561The initial setting is 30.  This variable specifies the number of
7562messages to be learned by one process.
7563
7564@item elmo-spam-bogofilter-debug
7565@vindex elmo-spam-bogofilter-debug
7566The initial setting is @code{nil}.
7567If you specify non-nil, the output from @command{bogofilter} is
7568stored in the buffer named @code{"*Debug ELMO SPAM Bogofilter*"}.
7569@end table
7570
7571
7572@node spamfilter, bsfilter, bogofilter, Spam Filter Processors
7573@subsection spamfilter.el
7574@cindex spamfilter
7575
7576@file{spamfilter.el}
7577(@uref{http://www.geocities.co.jp/SiliconValley-PaloAlto/7043/}) is a
7578spam filtering library implemented by Emacs Lisp.
7579
7580Corresponding modules will be compiled/installed, if you have
7581@file{spamfilter.el} within @code{load-path} when you are to install wl.
7582@xref{Install}.
7583
7584To use @file{spamfilter.el}, write following setting in @file{~/.wl} or
7585somewhere else.
7586(Of cource, you have to have settings for @file{spamfilter.el} itself)
7587
7588@lisp
7589@group
7590(setq elmo-spam-scheme 'spamfilter)
7591@end group
7592@end lisp
7593
7594@subsubsection Customizable Variables
7595
7596@table @code
7597@item elmo-spam-spamfilter-corpus-filename
7598@vindex elmo-spam-spamfilter-corpus-filename
7599The initial setting is @file{~/.elmo/.spamfilter}.
7600It specifies the name of corpus file.
7601@end table
7602
7603@node bsfilter, SpamAssassin, spamfilter, Spam Filter Processors
7604@subsection bsfilter
7605@cindex bsfilter
7606
7607bsfilter (@uref{http://bsfilter.org/index-e.html}) is a spam filter
7608implemented by Ruby language.
7609
7610To use spam filter with bsfilter, write following setting in
7611@file{~/.wl} or somewhere else.
7612
7613@lisp
7614@group
7615(setq elmo-spam-scheme 'bsfilter)
7616@end group
7617@end lisp
7618
7619@subsubsection Customizable Variables
7620
7621@table @code
7622@item elmo-spam-bsfilter-program
7623@vindex elmo-spam-bsfilter-program
7624The initial setting is @file{bsfilter}.
7625Specify the name of executable of @command{bsfilter}.  If the executable
7626is not in your environmental variable @env{PATH}, you should
7627set this by full path.
7628
7629@item elmo-spam-bsfilter-args
7630@vindex elmo-spam-bsfilter-args
7631The initial setting is @code{nil}.
7632Specify arguments to be supplied for bsfilter executable.
7633
7634@item elmo-spam-bsfilter-database-directory
7635@vindex elmo-spam-bsfilter-database-directory
7636Specify the directory for statistical database to be used.
7637@code{nil} to use default directory (@file{~/.bsfilter}).
7638The initial setting is @code{nil}.
7639
7640@item elmo-spam-bsfilter-debug
7641@vindex elmo-spam-bsfilter-debug
7642The initial setting is @code{nil}.
7643If you specify non-nil, the output from @command{bsfilter} is
7644stored in the buffer named @code{"*Debug ELMO Bsfilter*"}.
7645
7646@item elmo-spam-bsfilter-shell-program
7647@vindex elmo-spam-bsfilter-shell-program
7648The initial setting is @file{ruby}.
7649Specify the shell to execute @command{bsfilter}.  If the shell is not
7650in your environmental variable @env{PATH}, you should set this by full path.
7651
7652@item elmo-spam-bsfilter-shell-switch
7653@vindex elmo-spam-bsfilter-shell-switch
7654The initial setting is @code{nil}.
7655Specify options to give to the shell executing @command{bsfilter}.
7656
7657@item elmo-spam-bsfilter-update-switch
7658@vindex elmo-spam-bsfilter-update-switch
7659The initial setting is @code{"--auto-update"}.
7660Specify options to give to @command{bsfilter} for learning messages.
7661
7662@end table
7663
7664@node SpamAssassin, SpamOracle, bsfilter, Spam Filter Processors
7665@subsection SpamAssassin
7666@cindex SpamAssassin
7667
7668SpamAssassin (@uref{http://spamassassin.org/}) is one of the most
7669popular spam filtering program implemented on Perl. SpamAssassin
7670attempts to identify spam using text analysis and several internet-based
7671realtime blacklists.  SpamAssassin also uses a Bayesian learning filter
7672which enables more accurate spam filtering.
7673
7674To use @file{SpamAssassin} on Wanderlust, write following setting
7675in @file{~/.wl} or somewhere else.
7676(Of course, you have to install SpamAssassin beforehand.)
7677
7678@lisp
7679@group
7680(setq elmo-spam-scheme 'sa)
7681@end group
7682@end lisp
7683
7684@subsubsection Customize Variables
7685
7686@table @code
7687@item elmo-spam-spamassassin-program
7688@vindex elmo-spam-spamassassin-program
7689The initial setting is @file{spamassassin}.
7690Specify the name of executable @command{spamassassin}. If the executable
7691is not in your environmental variable @env{PATH}, you should
7692set this by full path.
7693
7694@item elmo-spam-spamassassin-learn-program
7695@vindex elmo-spam-spamassassin-learn-program
7696The initial setting is @file{sa-learn}.
7697Specify the name of the SpamAssassin's Bayesian filtering learner
7698program, @command{sa-learn}. If the executable is not in your
7699environmental variable @env{PATH}, you should set this by full path.
7700
7701@item elmo-spam-spamassassin-program-arguments
7702@vindex elmo-spam-spamassassin-program-arguments
7703The initial setting is @code{'("-e")}.
7704Specify the arguments to be supplied for @command{spamassassin} executable.
7705You have to specify the argument to exit the program with an error exit code
7706when the result is spam. For example, if you want to use @command{spamc}
7707 instead of @command{spamassassin}, you should specify @code{'("-c")}.
7708
7709@item elmo-spam-spamassassin-learn-program-arguments
7710@vindex elmo-spam-spamassassin-lern-program-arguments
7711The initial setting is @code{nil}.
7712Specify the arguments to be supplied for @command{sa-learn}.
7713
7714@item elmo-spamassassin-debug
7715@vindex elmo-spamassassin-debug
7716The initial setting is @code{nil}.
7717If you specify @code{t}, the output from @command{spamassassin} is
7718stored in the buffer named @code{"*Debug ELMO SpamAssassin*"}.
7719
7720@end table
7721
7722@node SpamOracle, Regular Expressions Header Matching, SpamAssassin, Spam Filter Processors
7723@subsection SpamOracle
7724@cindex SpamOracle
7725
7726SpamOracle (@uref{http://pauillac.inria.fr/~xleroy/software.html#spamoracle})
7727is a spam filter implemented by Objective Caml language.
7728
7729To use spam filter with @file{spamoracle}, write following setting in
7730@file{~/.wl} or somewhere else.
7731(Of course, you have to install SpamOracle beforehand.)
7732
7733@lisp
7734@group
7735(setq elmo-spam-scheme 'spamoracle)
7736@end group
7737@end lisp
7738
7739@subsubsection Customizable Variables
7740
7741@table @code
7742@item elmo-spam-spamoracle-program
7743@vindex elmo-spam-spamoracle-program
7744The initial setting is @file{spamoracle}.  Specify the name of
7745executable of spamoracle. If the executable is not in your
7746environmental variable @env{PATH}, you should set this by full path.
7747
7748@item elmo-spam-spamoracle-config-filename
7749@vindex elmo-spam-spamoracle-config-filename
7750Specify the name of config file.  @code{nil} to use default file
7751(@file{~/.spamoracle.conf}).  The initial setting is @code{nil}.
7752
7753@item elmo-spam-spamoracle-database-filename
7754@vindex elmo-spam-spamoracle-database-filename
7755The initial setting is @file{~/.elmo/.spamoracle.db}.
7756It specifies the name of database file.
7757
7758@item elmo-spam-spamoracle-spam-header-regexp
7759@vindex elmo-spam-spamoracle-spam-header-regexp
7760The initial setting is @code{"^X-Spam: yes;"}.  It specifies the regular
7761expression of the header that indicates spam mail.  Use this setting
7762when you change the @code{spam_header} parameter in the config file.
7763
7764@end table
7765
7766@node Regular Expressions Header Matching,  , SpamOracle, Spam Filter Processors
7767@subsection Regular Expressions Header Matching
7768@cindex Regular Expressions Header Matching
7769
7770Examine if regular expression matches corresponding field in message heaeder,
7771and decide spam or not. To use this backend, add following setting to @file{~/.wl}.
7772
7773@lisp
7774@group
7775(setq elmo-spam-scheme 'header)
7776@end group
7777@end lisp
7778
7779If you want to check fields not included in the default overview
7780information, add one into @code{elmo-msgdb-extra-fields}. Then it will
7781do examination by the overview information and avoid loading whole
7782message body as far as possible.
7783
7784@subsubsection Customize Variables
7785
7786@table @code
7787@item elmo-spam-header-good-alist
7788@vindex elmo-spam-header-good-alist
7789The initial setting is the following list:
7790
7791@lisp
7792'(("X-Spam-Flag" . "No"))
7793@end lisp
7794
7795Specify a list of regular expressions to match with header field name
7796for making non-spam decision. It takes precedence over
7797@code{elmo-spam-header-spam-alist}.
7798
7799@item elmo-spam-header-spam-alist
7800@vindex elmo-spam-header-spam-alist
7801The initial setting is the following list:
7802
7803@lisp
7804'(("X-Spam-Flag" . "Yes"))
7805@end lisp
7806
7807Specify a list of regular expressions to match with header field name
7808for making spam decision.
7809@end table
7810
7811
7812@node Advanced Issues, Migration, Spam Filter, Top
7813@chapter Advanced Issues
7814@cindex Advanced Issues
7815
7816@menu
7817* Living with other packages:: Cooperating with other packages
7818* Highlights::                 Highlights
7819* Biff::                       Notify Mail arrival
7820* Password Management::        Manage Passwords
7821* Split messages::             Splitting messages
7822* Batch Processing::           Invoke commands in batch mode
7823* Advanced Settings::          Advanced Settings
7824* Customizable Variables::     Customizable Variables
7825* Hooks::                      Hooks
7826@end menu
7827
7828
7829@node Living with other packages, Highlights, Advanced Issues, Advanced Issues
7830@section Living with other packages
7831
7832Examples with other packages.
7833
7834@menu
7835* imput::                       imput (im-wl.el)
7836* BBDB::                        The Insidious Big Brother Database
7837* LSDB::                        The Lovely Sister Database
7838* supercite::                   supercite.el
7839* mu-cite::                     mu-cite.el
7840* X-Face::                      x-face,bitmap-mule
7841* dired-dd::                    dired-dd.el
7842* MHC::                         MHC
7843* Addrbook::                    Addrbook
7844* mime-w3m::                    mime-w3m.el
7845@end menu
7846
7847
7848@node imput, BBDB, Living with other packages, Living with other packages
7849@subsection imput
7850@pindex imput
7851@cindex im-wl
7852
7853Place @file{util/im-wl.el} on the @code{load-path} and do the following
7854settings.
7855
7856@lisp
7857@group
7858(autoload 'wl-draft-send-with-imput-async "im-wl")
7859(setq wl-draft-send-function 'wl-draft-send-with-imput-async)
7860@end group
7861@end lisp
7862
7863
7864@node BBDB, LSDB, imput, Living with other packages
7865@subsection bbdb.el
7866@pindex BBDB
7867
7868The Insidious Big Brother Database (@uref{http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/bbdb/}) supports Wanderlust since 3.2.
7869Please ask details of setings to mailing list of Wanderlust of BBDB.
7870@xref{Mailing List}.
7871
7872
7873@node LSDB, supercite, BBDB, Living with other packages
7874@subsection lsdb.el
7875@pindex LSDB
7876
7877The following is an example setting to use
7878The Lovely Sister Database (@uref{http://sourceforge.jp/projects/lsdb/})
7879with Wanderlust.
7880
7881@lisp
7882@group
7883(require 'lsdb)
7884(lsdb-wl-insinuate)
7885(add-hook 'wl-draft-mode-hook
7886          (lambda ()
7887             (define-key wl-draft-mode-map "\M-\t" 'lsdb-complete-name)))
7888@end group
7889@end lisp
7890
7891In this example, bind @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} to @code{lsdb-complete-name}
7892(complete address with LSDB).
7893
7894
7895@node supercite, mu-cite, LSDB, Living with other packages
7896@subsection sc.el(supercite), sc-register.el
7897@pindex sc
7898@pindex supercite
7899
7900The same setting as usual mailers should be OK.  The following is an
7901example of settings:
7902
7903@lisp
7904@group
7905(autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" nil t)
7906(add-hook 'mail-citation-hook 'sc-cite-original)
7907@end group
7908@end lisp
7909
7910
7911@node mu-cite, X-Face, supercite, Living with other packages
7912@subsection mu-cite.el
7913@pindex mu-cite
7914
7915The same setting as usual mailers should be OK.  The following is an
7916example of settings.
7917
7918@lisp
7919@group
7920(autoload 'mu-cite-original "mu-cite" nil t)
7921(add-hook 'mail-citation-hook (function mu-cite-original))
7922@end group
7923@end lisp
7924
7925@node X-Face, dired-dd, mu-cite, Living with other packages
7926@subsection x-face
7927@pindex x-face
7928
7929If you have installed one of the following, you can decode
7930@samp{X-Face:} field in message buffer and you will see face image.
7931
7932@menu
7933* x-face-mule::                       Emacs case
7934@end menu
7935
7936If there is an encoded X-Face string in a file @file{~/.xface} (the
7937value of the variable @code{wl-x-face-file}), it is inserted as a
7938@samp{X-Face:} field in the draft buffer (if
7939@code{wl-auto-insert-x-face} is non-nil).
7940
7941@node x-face-mule,  , X-Face, X-Face
7942@subsubsection x-face-mule
7943@pindex x-face-mule
7944@pindex bitmap-mule
7945
7946If you use @file{x-face-mule.el} in bitmap-mule
7947(@uref{ftp://ftp.jpl.org/pub/elisp/bitmap/}) 8.0 or later, do the following:
7948
7949@lisp
7950@group
7951(autoload 'x-face-decode-message-header "x-face-mule")
7952(setq wl-highlight-x-face-function 'x-face-decode-message-header)
7953@end group
7954@end lisp
7955
7956@subsubsection x-face-e21
7957@pindex x-face-e21
7958
7959You can use @file{x-face-e21.el}
7960(@uref{ftp://jpl.org/pub/elisp/}) instead of @file{x-face-mule.el}
7961to display X-Face. In this case, bitmap-mule is not required.
7962Do as follows:
7963
7964@lisp
7965@group
7966(autoload 'x-face-decode-message-header "x-face-e21")
7967(setq wl-highlight-x-face-function 'x-face-decode-message-header)
7968@end group
7969@end lisp
7970
7971
7972@node dired-dd, MHC, X-Face, Living with other packages
7973@subsection dired-dd(Dired-DragDrop)
7974@pindex Dired-DragDrop
7975@pindex Dired-DD
7976@cindex Drag and Drop
7977
7978If you embed @file{dired-dd-mime.el} in the dired-dd package, you can
7979compose multi-part by simple Drag-and-Drop from dired to the draft
7980buffer being edited in GNU Emacs (this feature is not Wanderlust
7981specific, but general-purpose for SEMI).
7982
7983@lisp
7984@group
7985;; @r{dired-dd:} http://www.asahi-net.or.jp/~pi9s-nnb/dired-dd-home.html
7986(add-hook
7987 'dired-load-hook
7988 (function
7989  (lambda ()
7990    (load "dired-x")
7991    ;; @r{Set dired-x variables here.}
7992    ;; @r{To and flo@dots{}}
7993    (if window-system
7994        (progn (require 'dired-dd)
7995               (require 'dired-dd-mime))))))
7996@end group
7997@end lisp
7998
7999@node MHC, Addrbook, dired-dd, Living with other packages
8000@subsection mhc.el
8001@pindex MHC
8002
8003Message Harmonized Calendaring system
8004(@uref{http://www.quickhack.net/mhc/})
8005
8006By using MHC, you can make a calendar from the messages.
8007
8008For mhc-0.25:
8009
8010@lisp
8011@group
8012(setq mhc-mailer-package 'wl)
8013(autoload 'mhc-mode "mhc" nil t)
8014(add-hook 'wl-summary-mode-hook 'mhc-mode)
8015(add-hook 'wl-folder-mode-hook 'mhc-mode)
8016@end group
8017@end lisp
8018
8019For mhc-current:
8020
8021@lisp
8022@group
8023(autoload 'mhc-wl-setup "mhc-wl")
8024(add-hook 'wl-init-hook 'mhc-wl-setup)
8025@end group
8026@end lisp
8027
8028@node Addrbook, mime-w3m, MHC, Living with other packages
8029@subsection wl-addrbook.el
8030@pindex Addrbook
8031
8032Addrbook of Mew
8033(@uref{http://www.mew.org/})
8034
8035Place @file{util/wl-addrbook.el} and @file{util/wl-complete.el} on the
8036@code{load-path} and do the following settings.
8037
8038@lisp
8039@group
8040(require 'wl-addrbook)
8041(wl-addrbook-setup)
8042@end group
8043@end lisp
8044
8045@node mime-w3m,  , Addrbook, Living with other packages
8046@subsection mime-w3m.el
8047@pindex mime-w3m
8048
8049You can display html part by using @file{mime-w3m.el}
8050distributed with emacs-w3m (@uref{http://emacs-w3m.namazu.org/}).
8051You can find the usage in comment region at the head of @file{mime-w3m.el}.
8052If you use SEMI-EPG, no additional setting is needed.
8053
8054
8055@node Highlights, Biff, Living with other packages, Advanced Issues
8056@section Highlights
8057
8058@subsection Customizable Variables
8059
8060@table @code
8061@item  wl-summary-highlight
8062@vindex wl-summary-highlight
8063The initial setting is @code{t}.
8064If non-nil, the summary is highlighted.
8065
8066@item  wl-highlight-max-summary-lines
8067@vindex wl-highlight-max-summary-lines
8068The initial setting is 10000.
8069The summary is not highlighted if it has more lines than this value.
8070
8071@item  wl-summary-highlight-partial-threshold
8072@vindex wl-summary-highlight-partial-threshold
8073The initial setting is 1000.
8074This is a threshold whether the whole summary is highlighted.
8075If there are more lines of messages in the summary, it is partially
8076highlighted.
8077
8078@item  wl-summary-partial-highlight-above-lines
8079@vindex wl-summary-partial-highlight-above-lines
8080The initial setting is 30.  If there are more lines of messages than
8081@code{wl-summary-highlight-partial-threshold} in the summary, messages
8082after the point that is the same number of lines as this value above the
8083cursor line are highlighted partially.  (If this value is @code{nil},
8084the last same number of lines as the value of
8085@code{wl-summary-highlight-partial-threshold} are highlighted.)
8086
8087@item wl-highlight-body-too
8088@vindex  wl-highlight-body-too
8089The initial setting is @code{t}.
8090If non-nil, bodies of drafts and messages are also highlighted.
8091
8092@item  wl-highlight-message-header-alist
8093@vindex wl-highlight-message-header-alist
8094When highlighting headers of drafts and messages, this variable
8095specifies which faces are allocated to important
8096(@code{wl-highlight-message-important-header-contents}), secondly
8097important (@code{wl-highlight-message-important-header-contents2}), and
8098unimportant (@code{wl-highlight-message-unimportant-header-contents})
8099message headers.
8100Similarly, it can be used for allocating arbitrary faces to arbitrary
8101regular expressions.
8102
8103@item wl-highlight-citation-prefix-regexp
8104@vindex  wl-highlight-citation-prefix-regexp
8105Specifies a regular expression to which quoted lines in bodies of
8106drafts and messages match.
8107Bodies matching to this regular expression are highlighted by the faces
8108specified by (@code{wl-highlight-message-cited-text-*}).
8109
8110@item  wl-highlight-highlight-citation-too
8111@vindex wl-highlight-highlight-citation-too
8112The initial setting is @code{nil}.
8113If non-nil, the quoting regular expression itself given by
8114@code{wl-highlight-citation-prefix-regexp} is also highlighted.
8115
8116@item  wl-highlight-citation-header-regexp
8117@vindex wl-highlight-citation-header-regexp
8118Specifies a regular expression that denotes beginning of quotation.
8119Bodies matching to this regular expression are highlighted by the face
8120specified by @code{wl-highlight-message-headers}.
8121
8122@item wl-highlight-max-header-size
8123@vindex wl-highlight-max-header-size
8124The initial setting is @code{nil}.  If a header size is larger than this
8125value, it will not be highlighted.  If @code{nil}, always highlighted
8126(ignore header size).
8127
8128@item  wl-highlight-max-message-size
8129@vindex wl-highlight-max-message-size
8130The initial setting is 10000.
8131If a message is larger than this value, it will not be highlighted.
8132With this variable, highlight is suppressed for uuencode or huge digest
8133messages.
8134
8135@item  wl-highlight-signature-separator
8136@vindex wl-highlight-signature-separator
8137Specifies regular expressions that denotes the boundary of a signature.
8138It can be a regular expression, or a list of ones.
8139Messages after the place that matches this regular expression are
8140highlighted by the face specified by
8141@code{wl-highlight-message-signature}.
8142
8143@item  wl-max-signature-size
8144@vindex wl-max-signature-size
8145The initial setting is 400.
8146This is the largest size for a signature to be highlighted.
8147
8148@item wl-use-highlight-mouse-line
8149@vindex  wl-use-highlight-mouse-line
8150The initial setting is @code{t}.
8151If non-nil, the line pointed by the mouse is highlighted in the folder
8152mode, summary mode, and the like.
8153@end table
8154
8155@subsection Setting Colors and Fonts of the Characters
8156
8157If you want to change colors or fonts of the characters, you need to
8158modify faces defined in Wanderlust.  Use @code{set-face-font} if you
8159want to change fonts, and @code{set-face-foreground} for colors, and so
8160on.  You cannot write face settings in @file{.emacs}; write in
8161@file{~/.wl}.
8162
8163For example, if you want to change the color for signatures to yellow,
8164write
8165
8166@lisp
8167(set-face-foreground 'wl-highlight-message-signature "yellow")
8168@end lisp
8169
8170@noindent
8171in @file{~/.wl}.
8172
8173Faces defined in Wanderlust:
8174
8175@table @code
8176@item wl-highlight-message-headers
8177The face for field names of message headers.
8178
8179@item wl-highlight-message-header-contents
8180The face for field bodies of message headers.
8181
8182@item wl-highlight-message-important-header-contents
8183The face for important parts of message headers.
8184Per default, this face is used for a body of @samp{Subject:} field.
8185You can change its value by editing
8186@code{wl-highlight-message-header-alist}.
8187
8188@item wl-highlight-message-important-header-contents2
8189The face for secondly important parts of message headers.
8190Per default, this face is used for bodies of @samp{From:} and @samp{To:}
8191fields.  You can change its value by editing
8192@code{wl-highlight-message-header-alist}.
8193
8194@item wl-highlight-message-unimportant-header-contents
8195The face for unimportant parts of message headers.
8196Per default, this face is used for bodies of @samp{X-} fields
8197@samp{User-Agent:} fields.  You can change its value by editing
8198@code{wl-highlight-message-header-alist}.
8199
8200@item wl-highlight-message-citation-header
8201The face for headers of quoted messages.
8202
8203@item wl-highlight-message-cited-text-*
8204The face for texts of quoted messages.  The last @samp{*} is a
8205@var{single figure} so that 10 different colors can be used according to
8206citation levels.
8207
8208@item wl-highlight-message-signature
8209The face for signatures of messages.  The initial settings are
8210@samp{khaki} for light background colors, and @samp{DarkSlateBlue} for
8211dark background colors.
8212
8213@item wl-highlight-header-separator-face
8214The face for header separators of draft messages.
8215
8216@item wl-highlight-summary-important-face
8217The face for message lines with important marks in the summary.
8218
8219@item wl-highlight-summary-new-face
8220The face for message lines with new marks in the summary.
8221
8222@item wl-highlight-summary-displaying-face
8223The face for the message line that is currently displayed.
8224This face is overlaid.
8225
8226@item wl-highlight-thread-indent-face
8227The face for the threads that is currently displayed.
8228
8229@item wl-highlight-summary-unread-face
8230The face for message lines with unread marks in the summary.
8231
8232@item wl-highlight-summary-deleted-face
8233The face for message lines with delete marks in the summary.
8234
8235@item wl-highlight-summary-refiled-face
8236The face for message lines with re-file marks in the summary.
8237
8238@item wl-highlight-refile-destination-face
8239The face for re-file information part of message lines with re-file
8240marks in the summary.
8241
8242@item wl-highlight-summary-copied-face
8243The face for message lines with copy marks in the summary.
8244
8245@item wl-highlight-summary-target-face
8246The face for message lines with target marks @samp{*} in the summary.
8247
8248@item wl-highlight-summary-thread-top-face
8249The face for message lines that are on the top of the thread in the
8250summary.
8251
8252@item wl-highlight-summary-normal-face
8253The face for message lines that are not on top of the thread in the
8254summary.
8255
8256@item wl-highlight-folder-unknown-face
8257The face for folders that are not known to have how many unsync messages
8258in the folder mode.
8259
8260@item wl-highlight-folder-zero-face
8261The face for folders that have no unsync messages in the folder mode.
8262
8263@item wl-highlight-folder-few-face
8264The face for folders that have some unsync messages in the folder mode.
8265
8266@item wl-highlight-folder-many-face
8267The face for folders that have many unsync messages in the folder mode.
8268The boundary between `some' and `many' is specified by the variable
8269@code{wl-folder-many-unsync-threshold}.
8270
8271@item wl-highlight-folder-unread-face
8272The face for folders that have no unsync but unread messages in the
8273folder mode.
8274
8275@item wl-highlight-folder-killed-face
8276The face for folders that are deleted from the access group in the
8277folder mode.
8278
8279@item wl-highlight-folder-opened-face
8280The face for open groups in the folder mode.
8281It is meaningful when @code{wl-highlight-folder-by-numbers} is
8282@code{nil} or a @var{number}.
8283
8284@item wl-highlight-folder-closed-face
8285The face for close groups in the folder mode.
8286It is meaningful when @code{wl-highlight-folder-by-numbers} is
8287@code{nil} or a @var{number}.
8288
8289@item wl-highlight-folder-path-face
8290The face for the path to the currently selected folder in the folder
8291mode.
8292
8293@item wl-highlight-logo-face
8294The face for logo in the demo.
8295
8296@item wl-highlight-demo-face
8297The face for strings (for example, a version number) in the demo.
8298@end table
8299
8300
8301@node Biff, Password Management, Highlights, Advanced Issues
8302@section Notify Mail arrival
8303@cindex Biff
8304
8305Following setting is to notify mail arrival of @samp{%inbox}
8306by the indicator on the modeline
8307
8308@lisp
8309(setq wl-biff-check-folder-list '("%inbox"))
8310@end lisp
8311
8312@subsection Customizable Variables
8313@table @code
8314@item wl-biff-check-folder-list
8315@vindex wl-biff-check-folder-list
8316The initial setting is @code{nil}.
8317This is the list of folders to check mail arrival.
8318If @code{nil}, wl doesn't check mail arrival.
8319
8320@item wl-biff-check-interval
8321@vindex wl-biff-check-interval
8322The initial setting is 40 (in seconds).
8323Check mail arrival in this period.
8324
8325@item wl-biff-check-delay
8326@vindex wl-biff-check-delay
8327The initial setting is 0 (in seconds).
8328Check mail when the time spcified by @code{wl-biff-check-interval} has
8329passed and idling time exceeds specified seconds by this variable.
8330
8331@item wl-biff-use-idle-timer
8332@vindex wl-biff-use-idle-timer
8333The initial setting is @code{nil}.
8334If it is @code{nil}, check mail arrival when the time specified by
8335@code{wl-biff-check-interval} has passed.  If it is non-nil, check
8336mail arrival when idling time exceeds @code{wl-biff-check-interval}.
8337
8338@item wl-biff-notify-hook
8339@vindex wl-biff-notify-hook
8340This hook is run at the arrival of new mail.
8341To beep with mail arrival (initial setting), set as follows.
8342@lisp
8343(setq wl-biff-notify-hook '(ding))
8344@end lisp
8345For silence, set to @code{nil}.
8346
8347@item wl-biff-unnotify-hook
8348@vindex wl-biff-unnotify-hook
8349This hook is run if there were new mails at the last check and there is
8350no new mail at the current check.
8351@end table
8352
8353
8354@node Password Management, Split messages, Biff, Advanced Issues
8355@section Manage Passwords
8356
8357If you input passwords to connect servers, they are stored in the
8358variable @code{elmo-passwd-storage} per connection. You should be careful
8359that others might read your passwords if they can touch your Emacs,
8360since encoded plain passwords are there.
8361
8362@findex elmo-passwd-alist-clear
8363@findex elmo-passwd-alist-save
8364If you invoke @kbd{M-x elmo-passwd-alist-save} while you have stored
8365passwords, then they are saved on the file, and it will save you to
8366input passwords. In this case, the risk that someone reads your
8367keystroke might decrease, but please note that plain passwords are
8368stored on a file. You should treat them very carefully.
8369To remove saved passwords on file, invoke @kbd{M-x elmo-passwd-alist-clear}
8370and then @kbd{M-x elmo-passwd-alist-save}.
8371
8372@table @code
8373@item elmo-passwd-alist-file-name
8374@vindex elmo-passwd-alist-file-name
8375The initial setting is @file{passwd}.
8376This is the name of the file in which passwords are saved.
8377@code{elmo-passwd-alist-save} saves current passwords to the file.
8378
8379@item elmo-passwd-life-time
8380@vindex  elmo-passwd-life-time
8381The initial setting is @code{nil}.
8382If the value is some number, timer is set to remove password entry after
8383@code{elmo-passwd-life-time} seconds since you input the password.
8384@code{nil} means never to remove passwords.
8385@end table
8386
8387@menu
8388* Auth-source:: Using auth-source for password managament
8389@end menu
8390
8391
8392@node Auth-source, , Password Management, Password Management
8393@subsection Using auth-source for password managament
8394@cindex auth-source
8395
8396@vindex elmo-passwd-storage-type
8397If you write as @code{(setq elmo-passwd-storage-type 'auth-source)} in
8398your @file{~/.wl}, you can use auth-source (@pxref{Top, , ,auth, Emacs
8399auth-source}) for password management.
8400
8401
8402@subsubsection Limitations of using auth-source
8403
8404Thre are some limitations for auth-source.
8405
8406@itemize @bullet
8407@item password is not distinguished by protocol name nor authentication
8408mechanism.
8409@item  If you have multiple accounts on the one host,
8410you have to prepare password entry before use.
8411In such case, you can't input password interactively.
8412It is due to auth-sources's bug and fixed in Emacs 28.
8413@end itemize
8414
8415@node Split messages, Batch Processing, Password Management, Advanced Issues
8416@section Message splitting
8417@cindex Split messages
8418
8419You can use @code{elmo-split} to split message in folder specified by
8420the variable @code{elmo-split-folder} a la @command{procmail} according
8421to some specified rules. To use this feature, set as follows in your
8422@file{~/.emacs} at first.
8423
8424@lisp
8425(autoload 'elmo-split "elmo-split" "Split messages on the folder." t)
8426@end lisp
8427
8428Set source folder like following.
8429
8430@lisp
8431(setq elmo-split-folder "%inbox")
8432@end lisp
8433
8434And specify the rule in the variable @code{elmo-split-rule} (its format
8435will be is described below).
8436Then you can invoke @kbd{M-x elmo-split} to split messages according to
8437@code{elmo-split-rule}. On the other hand, invoke @kbd{C-u M-x elmo-split}
8438to do a rehearsal and show result (do not split actually).
8439
8440
8441We will describe how to specify the rule. First of all, see following
8442example, please.
8443
8444@lisp
8445@group
8446(setq elmo-split-rule
8447      ;; @r{Store messages from spammers into @samp{+junk}}
8448      '(((or (address-equal from "i.am@@spammer")
8449	     (address-equal from "dull-work@@dull-boy")
8450	     (address-equal from "death-march@@software")
8451	     (address-equal from "ares@@aon.at")
8452	     (address-equal from "get-money@@richman"))
8453	 "+junk")
8454	;; @r{Store messages from mule mailing list into @samp{%mule}}
8455	((equal x-ml-name "mule") "%mule")
8456	;; @r{Store messages from wanderlust mailing list into @samp{%wanderlust}}
8457	;; @r{and continue evaluating following rules}
8458	((equal x-ml-name "wanderlust") "%wanderlust" continue)
8459	;; @r{Store messages from Yahoo user into @samp{+yahoo-@{username@}}}
8460	((match from "\\(.*\\)@@yahoo\\.com")
8461	 "+yahoo-\\1")
8462	;; @r{Store unmatched mails into @samp{+inbox}}
8463	(t "+inbox")))
8464@end group
8465@end lisp
8466
8467The basic unit of the rule is a combination like
8468
8469@lisp
8470(@samp{CONDITION} @samp{ACTION} [@code{continue}])
8471@end lisp
8472
8473If @samp{CONDITION} is true, @samp{ACTION} is performed.
8474The 1st element @samp{CONDITION} is a condition represented by a
8475balanced expression (sexp). Its grammar will be explained below.
8476The 2nd element @samp{ACTION} is the name of the folder to split
8477messages into, or a symbol. When the 3rd element @code{continue} is
8478specified as symbol, evaluating rules is not stopped even when the
8479condition is satisfied.
8480
8481The grammar for @samp{CONDITION} is as follows. See example above to
8482learn how to write the condition practically.
8483
8484@enumerate
8485@item
8486Functions which accept arguments @samp{FIELD-NAME} and @samp{VALUE}.
8487(@samp{FIELD-NAME} is a symbol that describes the field name)
8488
8489@table @code
8490@item @code{equal}
8491True if the field value equals to @samp{VALUE}.
8492Case of the letters are ignored.
8493@item @code{match}
8494True if the field value matches to VALUE.
8495@samp{VALUE} can contain @code{\&} and @code{\N} which will substitute
8496from matching @code{\(\)} patterns in the previous @samp{VALUE}.
8497@item @code{address-equal}
8498True if one of the addresses in the field equals to
8499@samp{VALUE}. Case of the letters are ignored.
8500@item @code{address-match}
8501True if one of the addresses in the field matches to
8502@samp{VALUE}.
8503@samp{VALUE} can contain @code{\&} and @code{\N} which will substitute
8504from matching @code{\(\)} patterns in the previous @samp{VALUE}.
8505@end table
8506
8507@item
8508Functions which accept an integer argument (@samp{SIZE}).
8509
8510@table @code
8511@item @code{<}
8512True if the size of the message is less than @samp{SIZE}.
8513@item @code{>}
8514True if the size of the message is greater than @samp{SIZE}.
8515@end table
8516
8517@item
8518Functions which accept any number of arguments.
8519
8520@table @code
8521@item @code{or}
8522True if one of the argument returns true.
8523@item @code{and}
8524True if all of the arguments return true.
8525@end table
8526
8527@item
8528A symbol.
8529
8530When a symbol is specified, it is evaluated.
8531@end enumerate
8532
8533You can specify followings as 2nd @samp{ACTION}.
8534
8535@enumerate
8536@item
8537folder name
8538
8539If some string is specified, it will be regarded as the destination
8540folder, and the message will be appended to it.
8541
8542@item
8543@samp{delete}
8544
8545If the symbol  @samp{delete} is specified, delete the substance of the
8546message in @code{elmo-split-folder}
8547
8548@item
8549@samp{noop}
8550
8551If the symbol @samp{noop} is specified, do nothing on the message and
8552keep it as it is.
8553
8554@item
8555function
8556
8557If some function is specified, execute it.
8558@end enumerate
8559
8560If the message passes all rules, it will be dealed along @samp{ACTION}
8561specified by @code{elmo-split-default-action}.
8562
8563
8564@node Batch Processing, Advanced Settings, Split messages, Advanced Issues
8565@section Batch Processing
8566@cindex Batch Processing
8567
8568You can request wanderlust to do some job on the command line.
8569For now, you can invoke prefetching new messages in specified folders.
8570
8571Specify target folders in @code{wl-batch-prefetch-folder-list} then
8572invoke as follows to execute prefetching:
8573
8574@example
8575@group
8576% emacs -batch -l wl-batch -f wl-batch-prefetch
8577@end group
8578@end example
8579
8580@subsection Customize Variables
8581
8582@table @code
8583@item wl-batch-prefetch-folder-list
8584@vindex wl-batch-prefetch-folder-list
8585Target folders of prefetching by @code{wl-batch-prefetch}, specified as
8586a list of folder names.
8587@end table
8588
8589
8590@node Advanced Settings, Customizable Variables, Batch Processing, Advanced Issues
8591@section Advanced Settings
8592
8593@menu
8594* Draft for Reply::             Draft for Reply
8595* Thread Format::               Appearance of Thread
8596* User-Agent Field::            @samp{User-Agent:} Header Field
8597@end menu
8598
8599
8600@node Draft for Reply, Thread Format, Advanced Settings, Advanced Settings
8601@subsection Draft for Replay
8602@vindex wl-draft-reply-with-argument-list
8603@vindex wl-draft-reply-without-argument-list
8604
8605If you type @kbd{a} in the Summary Buffer, a draft for reply is prepared.
8606The addressee for the draft is decided by following rules.
8607
8608For example, you can set as follows:
8609
8610@lisp
8611@group
8612(setq wl-draft-reply-without-argument-list
8613      '(("Mail-Followup-To" . (("Mail-Followup-To") nil ("Newsgroups")))
8614        ("Followup-To" . (nil nil ("Followup-To")))
8615        (("X-ML-Name" "Reply-To") . (("Reply-To") nil nil))
8616        ("From" . (("From") ("To" "Cc") ("Newsgroups")))))
8617@end group
8618@end lisp
8619
8620Where each element of the list  @code{wl-draft-reply-without-argument-list}
8621is in the form
8622
8623@example
8624(key . (to-list cc-list newsgroup-list))
8625@end example
8626
8627and if the field designated by @samp{key} exist in the parent message,
8628parent's field values designated by @samp{to-list} are copied to @samp{To:}
8629in the draft. Similarly, parent's fields designated by @samp{cc-list} and
8630@samp{newsgroup-list} are copied to @samp{Cc:} and @samp{Newsgroups:} in
8631the draft respectively.
8632
8633Examples:
8634
8635@lisp
8636("Mail-Followup-To" . (("Mail-Followup-To") nil ("Newsgroups")))
8637@end lisp
8638
8639Match if the parent has @samp{Mail-Followup-To} field.
8640The components of parent's @samp{Mail-Followup-To} and @samp{Newsgroups}
8641fields are copied to @samp{To} and @samp{Newsgroups} in the draft
8642respectively.
8643
8644@lisp
8645(("X-ML-Name" "Reply-To") . (("Reply-To") nil nil))
8646@end lisp
8647
8648Match if the parent has both @samp{X-ML-Name} and @samp{Reply-To} fields.
8649Parent's @samp{Reply-To} is copied to @samp{To} in the draft.
8650
8651@lisp
8652("From" . (("From") ("To" "Cc") ("Newsgroups")))
8653@end lisp
8654
8655Copy parent's @samp{From} to @samp{To} in the draft, parent's @samp{To} and
8656@samp{Cc} to @samp{Cc}, parent's @samp{Newsgroups} to @samp{Newsgroups}
8657respectively.
8658
8659These are evaluated in order and first matched one is used.
8660
8661Moreover, the behavior of @kbd{a} with prefix argument can
8662be directed by @code{wl-draft-reply-with-argument-list} as well.
8663
8664
8665By the way, you can use some function (will be evaluated in the parent
8666message buffer) in the place of @samp{key} or @samp{to-list} etc.
8667
8668If you want to write a rule for replying to message written by yourself,
8669specify function @code{wl-draft-self-reply-p} as @samp{key}.
8670
8671If you only want to reply to mailing lists in
8672@code{wl-subscribed-mailing-list} if the parent has some of them,
8673set as follows:
8674
8675@lisp
8676@group
8677(defun wl-mailing-list-addresses ()
8678  (let (list-addrs)
8679    (dolist (to (mapcar
8680		 (lambda (addr)
8681		   (nth 1 (std11-extract-address-components addr)))
8682		 (wl-parse-addresses
8683		  (wl-concat-list
8684		   (elmo-multiple-fields-body-list (list "To" "Cc"))
8685		   ","))))
8686      (when (elmo-string-matched-member to wl-subscribed-mailing-list t)
8687	(setq list-addrs (cons to list-addrs))))
8688    (nreverse list-addrs)))
8689
8690(setq wl-draft-reply-with-argument-list
8691      '((wl-mailing-list-addresses . (wl-mailing-list-addresses nil nil))
8692	("Reply-To" . (("Reply-To") nil nil))
8693	("Mail-Reply-To" . (("Mail-Reply-To") nil nil))
8694	("From" . (("From") nil nil))))
8695@end group
8696@end lisp
8697
8698
8699@node Thread Format, User-Agent Field, Draft for Reply, Advanced Settings
8700@subsection Appearance of Threads
8701
8702@example
8703@group
8704  389  09/18(Fri)01:07 [ Teranishi         ] wl-0.6.3
8705  390  09/18(Fri)07:25 +-[ Tsumura-san       ]
8706  391  09/18(Fri)19:24 +-[ Murata-san        ]
8707  392  09/20(Sun)21:49 +-[ Okunishi-san      ]
8708  396  09/20(Sun)22:11 | +-[ Tsumura-san       ]
8709  398  09/21(Mon)00:17 |   +-[ Tsumura-san       ]
8710  408  09/21(Mon)22:37 |     +-[ Okunishi-san      ]
8711  411  09/22(Tue)01:34 |       +-[ Tsumura-san       ]
8712  412  09/22(Tue)09:28 |       +-[ Teranishi         ]
8713  415  09/22(Tue)11:52 |         +-[ Tsumura-san       ]
8714  416  09/22(Tue)12:38 |           +-[ Teranishi         ]
8715  395  09/20(Sun)21:49 +-[ Okunishi-san      ]
8716  397  09/21(Mon)00:15 +-[ Okunishi-san      ]
8717@end group
8718@end example
8719
8720Settings to make appearance of threads like shown above:
8721
8722@lisp
8723@group
8724(setq wl-thread-indent-level 2)
8725(setq wl-thread-have-younger-brother-str "+")
8726(setq wl-thread-youngest-child-str       "+")
8727(setq wl-thread-vertical-str             "|")
8728(setq wl-thread-horizontal-str           "-")
8729(setq wl-thread-space-str                " ")
8730@end group
8731@end lisp
8732
8733If you do not want to see branches, do the following:
8734
8735@lisp
8736@group
8737(setq wl-thread-indent-level 2)
8738(setq wl-thread-have-younger-brother-str " ")
8739(setq wl-thread-youngest-child-str       " ")
8740(setq wl-thread-vertical-str             " ")
8741(setq wl-thread-horizontal-str           " ")
8742(setq wl-thread-space-str                " ")
8743@end group
8744@end lisp
8745
8746
8747@node User-Agent Field,  , Thread Format, Advanced Settings
8748@subsection User-Agent Field
8749@cindex X-Mailer
8750@cindex User-Agent
8751
8752If you are eccentric enough to elaborate @samp{X-Mailer:} or
8753@samp{User-Agent:} fields, define a function that generate appropriate
8754strings as you like, and set it to variable
8755@code{wl-generate-mailer-string-function}.
8756
8757If you do not want verbose @samp{User-Agent:} field, do the following:
8758
8759@lisp
8760@group
8761(setq wl-generate-mailer-string-function
8762      'wl-generate-user-agent-string-1)
8763@end group
8764@end lisp
8765
8766The following is a example:
8767
8768@lisp
8769@group
8770(setq wl-generate-mailer-string-function nil)
8771(setq wl-draft-additional-header-alist
8772      (list
8773       (cons 'X-Mailer (lambda () (product-string-1 'wl-version)))))
8774@end group
8775@end lisp
8776
8777
8778@node Customizable Variables, Hooks, Advanced Settings, Advanced Issues
8779@section Customizable Variables
8780
8781Customizable variables that have not been described yet:
8782
8783@table @code
8784@item wl-default-folder
8785@vindex wl-default-folder
8786The initial setting is @samp{%inbox}.  This is the default value for moving to
8787a folder and the like.
8788
8789@item wl-draft-folder
8790@vindex wl-draft-folder
8791The initial setting is @samp{+draft}.  It is the folder to which drafts are
8792saved.  It must be a writable folder.
8793You can set IMAP remote folder, Maildir and so on.
8794Note that variable settings applied by @code{wl-draft-config-exec} is saved
8795under @code{elmo-msgdb-directory}.  That is to say, if you specified remote
8796folder as @code{wl-draft-folder}, variable settings which are applied by
8797@code{wl-draft-config-exec} before saving the draft will not affect on the
8798draft buffer on another host by invoking @code{wl-summary-reedit}.
8799
8800@item wl-trash-folder
8801@vindex wl-trash-folder
8802The initial setting is @samp{+trash}.  It is the wastebasket folder.
8803If you changed this variable, you had better restart Wanderlust.
8804
8805@item wl-interactive-exit
8806@vindex wl-interactive-exit
8807The initial setting is @code{t}.
8808If non-nil, you are asked for confirmation when Wanderlust terminates.
8809
8810@item wl-interactive-send
8811@vindex wl-interactive-send
8812The initial setting is @code{t}.
8813If non-nil, you are asked for confirmation when mail is sent.
8814
8815@item wl-default-sync-range
8816@vindex wl-default-sync-range
8817The initial setting is @samp{update}.
8818Default update range of the summary. You can specify
8819@samp{all}, @samp{update}, @samp{rescan} or @samp{no-sync}.
8820See description of @code{wl-summary-sync} for the meaning of ranges.
8821
8822@item wl-folder-sync-range-alist
8823@vindex wl-folder-sync-range-alist
8824The initial setting is the alist shown below:
8825
8826@lisp
8827@group
8828(("^&.*$" . "all")
8829 ("^\\+draft$\\|^\\+queue$" . "all"))
8830@end group
8831@end lisp
8832
8833@noindent
8834This is an associative list of regular expressions of folder names and
8835update range of the summary.  Update range is one of the @samp{all},
8836@samp{update}, @samp{rescan} or @samp{no-sync}. If the folder do not
8837match any of them, the value of @code{wl-default-sync-range} is used
8838(@samp{update} by default).
8839See description of @code{wl-summary-sync} for the meaning of ranges.
8840
8841@item wl-ask-range
8842@vindex wl-ask-range
8843The initial setting is @code{t}.
8844If @code{nil}, the value of @code{wl-folder-sync-range-alist} is used
8845for updating the summary when you changed folders.
8846
8847@item wl-mime-charset
8848@vindex wl-mime-charset
8849The initial setting is @code{x-ctext}.
8850This is the MIME charset for messages that are not MIME (e.g. without
8851@samp{Content-Type:}). This value also used as default charset for
8852summary.  (If you want to share Summary on Nemacs and other Emacsen, set
8853this value as @code{iso-2022-jp}.)
8854
8855@item wl-highlight-folder-with-icon
8856@vindex wl-highlight-folder-with-icon
8857The default value is @code{t}.
8858
8859@item wl-strict-diff-folders
8860@vindex wl-strict-diff-folders
8861This is a list of regular expressions of folders.
8862Unread messages are checked, for example when you press @kbd{s} in
8863the folder mode, usually in a brief way (rapidly processed but not
8864accurate).
8865The folders matching this variable are seriously checked.
8866You may want to set this variable so as to match conditional filter
8867folders for IMAP4 folders.
8868The initial setting is @code{nil}.
8869
8870@item wl-folder-use-server-diff
8871@vindex wl-folder-use-server-diff
8872When unread messages are checked, for example when you press @kbd{s} in
8873the folder mode, usually (the number of messages on the server) @minus{}
8874(the number of local messages) will be the number of unread messages.
8875However, if this variable is non-nil, the number of unread messages on
8876the server is checked.  This affects IMAP4 folders only, but IMAP4
8877folders in mail boxes matching
8878@code{elmo-imap4-disuse-server-flag-mailbox-regexp} are not checked for
8879the number of unread messages on the server, even if they matches this
8880variable.  The initial setting is @code{t}.
8881
8882@item wl-auto-check-folder-name
8883@vindex wl-auto-check-folder-name
8884The initial setting is @code{nil}.
8885You can specify a folder or a group which is checked for unread message
8886at the start. You can also specify a list of folders (groups) to be checked.
8887If the value is @code{nil}, whole Desktop is checked at the start.
8888If it is @code{none}, no folders are checked.
8889
8890@item wl-auto-uncheck-folder-list
8891@vindex wl-auto-uncheck-folder-list
8892The initial setting is the list shown below:
8893
8894@lisp
8895@group
8896("\\$.*")
8897@end group
8898@end lisp
8899
8900@noindent
8901You can set a list of regular expressions to specify folders
8902which are not automatically checked even if they are included
8903in some groups assigned by @code{wl-auto-check-folder-name}.
8904
8905@item wl-auto-check-folder-list
8906@vindex wl-auto-check-folder-list
8907The initial setting is @code{nil}.
8908You can set a list of regular expressions to specify exceptions
8909for @code{wl-auto-uncheck-folder-list}.
8910
8911@item wl-no-save-folder-list
8912@vindex wl-no-save-folder-list
8913The initial setting is the list shown below:
8914
8915@lisp
8916@group
8917("^/.*$")
8918@end group
8919@end lisp
8920
8921@noindent
8922This is a list of regular expressions of folders not to be saved.
8923
8924@item wl-save-folder-list
8925@vindex wl-save-folder-list
8926The initial setting is @code{nil}.
8927This is a list of regular expressions of folders to be saved.
8928This takes precedence over @code{wl-no-save-folder-list}.
8929
8930@item wl-folder-mime-charset-alist
8931@vindex wl-folder-mime-charset-alist
8932The initial setting is the alist shown below:
8933
8934@lisp
8935@group
8936(("^-alt\\.chinese" . big5)
8937 ("^-relcom\\." . koi8-r)
8938 ("^-tw\\." . big5)
8939 ("^-han\\." . euc-kr))
8940@end group
8941@end lisp
8942
8943@noindent
8944This is an associative list of regular expressions of folder names and
8945MIME charsets.
8946If a folder do not match, @code{wl-mime-charset} is used.
8947
8948@item wl-folder-init-load-access-folders
8949@vindex wl-folder-init-load-access-folders
8950The initial setting is @code{nil}.
8951This is a list of access groups to be loaded specifically at the start.
8952If it is @code{nil}, @code{wl-folder-init-no-load-access-folders} is referred.
8953
8954@item wl-folder-init-no-load-access-folders
8955@vindex wl-folder-init-no-load-access-folders
8956The initial setting is @code{nil}.
8957This is a list of access groups not to be loaded specifically at the
8958start.
8959It is ignored if @code{wl-folder-init-load-access-folders} is non-nil.
8960
8961@item wl-dispose-folder-alist
8962@vindex wl-dispose-folder-alist
8963The initial setting is the alist shown below:
8964
8965@lisp
8966@group
8967(("^-" . remove)
8968 ("^@@" . remove))
8969@end group
8970@end lisp
8971
8972@noindent
8973This list determines disposition of messages with disposal marks.
8974Each item in the list is a folder and destination; you can specify any
8975one of the following in the place of destination:
8976
8977@example
8978@code{remove} or @code{null} : deletes the messages instantly.
8979string             : moves the messages to the specific folder.
8980@code{trash} or others  : moves the messages to @code{wl-trash-folder}.
8981@end example
8982
8983@item wl-x-face-file
8984@vindex wl-x-face-file
8985The initial setting is @file{~/.xface}.
8986The name of the file that contains encoded X-Face strings.
8987@xref{x-face-mule}.
8988
8989@item wl-demo-display-logo
8990@vindex wl-demo-display-logo
8991If non-nil, bitmap image is shown on the opening demo.  If you set
8992@code{xpm} or @code{xbm}, (if possible) display selected image type
8993logo.
8994
8995@item elmo-nntp-list-folders-use-cache
8996@vindex elmo-nntp-list-folders-use-cache
8997The initial setting is 600 (in seconds).
8998This is period in seconds during which results of @samp{list} and
8999@samp{list active} in NNTP are cached.  If it is @code{nil}, they are
9000not cached.
9001
9002@item elmo-nntp-max-number-precedes-list-active
9003@vindex elmo-nntp-max-number-precedes-list-active
9004The initial setting is @code{nil}.
9005If non-nil, the number of article obtained by @samp{list active} in NNTP
9006are used as the maximum article number of the folder.
9007Set this to @code{t} if you are using for example INN 2.3 as an NNTP server,
9008and if the number of read messages is not correct.
9009
9010@item elmo-nntp-default-use-listgroup
9011@vindex elmo-nntp-default-use-listgroup
9012The initial setting is @code{t}.
9013If non-nil, @samp{listgroup} is used for checking the total number of
9014articles.  If it is @code{nil}, @samp{group} is used.  In the latter
9015case, the processing will be a little faster at the sacrifice of
9016accuracy.
9017
9018@item elmo-pop3-send-command-synchronously
9019@vindex elmo-pop3-send-command-synchronously
9020The initial setting is @code{nil}.
9021If non-nil, POP3 commands are issued synchronously.  Some implementation
9022of POP3 server fails to get summary information without this setting.
9023You may have to set this variable to @code{t}, if the process hangs
9024while looking up POP3.
9025
9026@item elmo-dop-flush-confirm
9027@vindex elmo-dop-flush-confirm
9028The initial setting is @code{t}.
9029If non-nil, you are asked for confirmation if accumulated off-line
9030operations are executed.
9031
9032@item elmo-network-session-idle-timeout
9033@vindex elmo-network-session-idle-timeout
9034The initial setting is @code{nil}.
9035Idle timeout of the network cache. Specified in seconds.
9036If elapsed time since last access is larger than this value,
9037cached session is not reused. If nil, network cache is reused.
9038
9039@end table
9040
9041
9042@node Hooks,  , Customizable Variables, Advanced Issues
9043@section Hooks
9044
9045(Not yet written)
9046
9047
9048@node Migration, Terminology, Advanced Issues, Top
9049@chapter Switch from older version of Wanderlust
9050@cindex Migration
9051
9052This chapter explains the important thing for the upgrade,
9053or migration from the previous version.
9054It includes the changes of the setup, limitations etc.
9055
9056@menu
9057* Before 2.12.0::       From prior to the version 2.12.0
9058@end menu
9059
9060@node Before 2.12.0,  , Migration, Migration
9061@section Migration from prior to the version 2.12.0
9062
9063@subsection The conversion of msgdb
9064
9065From version 2.12.0 on, the structure of msgdb is changed.
9066The msgdb for newly created folder will use this new format when created and saved.
9067But by writing following line, you may use the old format of the msgdb as it was.
9068
9069@lisp
9070@group
9071(setq elmo-msgdb-default-type 'legacy)
9072@end group
9073@end lisp
9074
9075With the default setup, the old msgdb format is converted to the new
9076format automatically.  You may change this behavior by writing following
9077lines in @file{~/.wl}.
9078
9079@lisp
9080@group
9081;; @r{If the format of msgdb is different from} @code{elmo-msgdb-default-type},
9082;; @r{the format will be converted automatically when}
9083;; @r{the msgdb is being loaded (default).}
9084(setq elmo-msgdb-convert-type 'auto)
9085
9086;; @r{Convert msgdb when hitting @kbd{s all} in Summary mode}
9087(setq elmo-msgdb-convert-type 'sync)
9088
9089;; @r{Inhibit conversion}
9090(setq elmo-msgdb-convert-type nil)
9091@end group
9092@end lisp
9093
9094As is explained in above section, you may continue to use the old format.
9095But you will have following limitations.
9096
9097@enumerate
9098@item
9099You cannot use forwarded mark (@samp{F}, @samp{f}).
9100@item
9101You may only use @samp{important} flag. The other global flags may not
9102be available.
9103@end enumerate
9104
9105@subsection Changes from @samp{'mark} folder to  @samp{'flag}
9106
9107The folder @samp{'mark} will be automatically converted to @samp{'flag}
9108folder when you first start the new version of Wanderlust.
9109But there are some restrictions on this type of migrated folder.
9110
9111@enumerate
9112@item
9113@samp{important} flag attached will not be
9114removed by deleting the associated message in @samp{'flag} folder.
9115
9116@item
9117The message won't be deleted by removing
9118@samp{important} flag in @samp{'flag} folder.
9119
9120@item
9121help-echo will not show you the old message.
9122
9123@end enumerate
9124
9125If you have problem with migrating
9126from @samp{'mark} folder to the @samp{'flag} folder,
9127invoking
9128@kbd{M-x elmo-global-mark-upgrade} will transfer the message
9129from @samp{'mark} folder to the @samp{'flag} folder.
9130The duplicated message will not be processed,
9131you may issue that command repeatedly.
9132
9133
9134@node Terminology, Mailing List, Migration, Top
9135@chapter Terminology around Wanderlust
9136@cindex Terminology
9137
9138Here we explain terminologies used in this manual.
9139
9140@table @samp
9141@item folder
9142A container in which messages are stored.
9143
9144@item group
9145A set consists of some folders.
9146
9147@item access group
9148A special group consists of automatically collected folders under
9149some specified path.
9150@xref{Folder Definition}.
9151
9152@item summary buffer
9153A buffer for displaying list of messages in some folder.
9154
9155@item sticky summary
9156Compared with ordinary summary buffer which will be destroyed after
9157exiting from it, this type of summary will be remain even after exiting
9158by @kbd{q} or @kbd{g}.
9159@xref{Sticky Summary}.
9160
9161@item expire
9162To delete or put into the archive expired messages.
9163@xref{Expire}.
9164
9165@item score
9166@xref{Scoring}.
9167
9168@item prefetch
9169To cache messages beforehand in order to read messages after you will be
9170disconnected from the server.
9171@end table
9172
9173
9174@node Mailing List, Addition, Terminology, Top
9175@chapter Wanderlust Mailing List
9176@cindex Bug report
9177@cindex Backtrace
9178
9179Topics related to Wanderlust are discussed in following mailing lists.
9180The latest version is also announced there.
9181
9182@display
9183Wanderlust Mailing List @t{<wl@@ml.gentei.org>}
9184@end display
9185
9186In this list Japanese is mainly used for discussion. We also have a list
9187for discussion in English:
9188
9189@display
9190Wanderlust List in English @t{<wl-en@@ml.gentei.org>}
9191@end display
9192(Messages posted to this list are also forwarded to the former one.)
9193
9194A guide can be obtained automatically by sending mail to
9195@t{wl-ctl@@ml.gentei.org} (or to @t{wl-en-ctl@@ml.gentei.org} for
9196the English one) with the body
9197
9198@example
9199# guide
9200@end example
9201
9202Please send bug reports or patches to one of those lists.  You have to
9203subscribe the mailing list to post a message.
9204
9205Alternatively, You can also use GitHub.  If you send a pull request,
9206please embed unindented @file{ChangeLog} entries in commit message like
9207Emacs's.  See @cite{Commit messages} section of Emacs's CONTRIBUTE file
9208@footnote{@uref{https://git.savannah.gnu.org/cgit/emacs.git/plain/CONTRIBUTE}}.
9209
9210If you send a bug report, please attach Backtrace with it.
9211@footnote{@uref{http://www.jpl.org/elips/BUGS-ja.html} describes how to
9212in Japanese.}
9213
9214I would like to express my thanks to the members of the mailing list for
9215valuable advice and many pieces of code they contributed.
9216
9217@section Archive
9218
9219You can read messages posted to the mailing list in NetNews.
9220
9221Read messages posted to @t{<wl@@ml.gentei.org>}
9222
9223@example
9224@uref{news://news.gmane.io/gmane.mail.wanderlust.general.japanese}
9225@end example
9226
9227Read messages posted to @t{<wl-en@@ml.gentei.org>}
9228
9229@example
9230@uref{news://news.gmane.io/gmane.mail.wanderlust.general}
9231@end example
9232
9233
9234@node Addition, Index, Mailing List, Top
9235@chapter Additional Information
9236
9237@section Brief History
9238
9239@example
92401998  3/05    Tried to make a prototype that displays MH messages in threads.
9241      3/10    Made a msgdb mechanism by elisp.
9242      3/26    IMAP and NNTP can be displayed in threads.
9243      4/13    Began to assemble thread display modules as elmo.
9244      5/01    Finished 0.1.0, initial version with many defects.
9245      6/12    I made a slip of the tongue and said I was writing elisp
9246              mailer supporting IMAP
9247      6/16    0.1.3 was announced at tm-ja, elisp ML.
9248      6/22    Thanks to Kitame-san, the mailing list started at northeye.org.
9249      7/01    Support for mm-backend (0.3.0).
9250      8/25    multi folder added (0.5.0).
9251      8/28    filter folder added (0.5.1).
9252      9/10    You can open/close threads (0.6.0).
9253      9/11    fldmgr by Murata-san made editing folders easy.
9254      9/18    lha folders added by Okunishi-san (0.6.3).
9255      9/24    Display of branches of threads (0.6.5).
9256      9/28    Compression folder supporting multiple archivers by Okunishi-san.
9257     10/28    Off-line operations (0.7.4).
9258     12/09    Becomes beta version.
9259     12/21    wl-expire by Murata-san.
92601999  2/03    auto-refile by Tsumura-san.
9261      4/28    wl-template by Murata-san.
9262      5/18    Released 1.0.0 stable.
9263      7/05    Scoring by Murata-san (2.1.0).
9264      9/26    New plugged system by Murata-san (2.2.2).
9265     12/20    Support Modified UTF7.
92662000  3/24    Released 1.1.0 stable.
9267      4/03    CVS development started.
9268      5/07    Thread restoration & Its speed up with Murata-san.
9269      6/12    Address completion with LDAP with Chiba-san & Goto-san.
9270      7/11    killed message feature.
9271      7/18    Use UIDL in POP3.
9272      9/12    biff feature with Satata-san & Yamaoka-san.
9273     10/17    expire-hide by Okada-san.
9274     11/08    Released 2.4.0 stable.
92752001  7/04    Released 2.6.0 stable.
9276      8/21    wl-addrmgr by Kitamoto-san.
9277     12/27    Released 2.8.1 stable.
92782002 12/11    Released 2.10.0 stable.
92792003  7/05    Released 2.10.1 stable.
9280      9/18    flag folder is added.
9281      9/20    New msgdb format (modb-standard) by H.Murata-san.
9282     10/20    Spam filter by H.Murata-san.
92832004  1/06    Background color of the demo become configurable.
9284      2/09    'file' folder is added.
9285      9/12    forwarded mark.
9286              Default value of the mark strings are changed.
9287     12/24    Released 2.12.0 stable.
9288@end example
9289
9290See @file{ChangeLog} for details.
9291
9292@section The Name
9293
9294According to a dictionary, Wanderlust has the meaning:
9295
9296@display
9297wanderlust
9298  n eager longing for or impulse towards travelling in distant lands
9299  [Ger, fr wandern to wander + lust desire, pleasure]
9300@end display
9301
9302@noindent
9303but I had no profound intention.  (if farfetched, IMAP @result{} you can
9304read mail anywhere @result{} desire to wander ?)
9305
9306Elmo is the abbreviation of @samp{Elisp Library for Message
9307Orchestration}.  At first I meant the red puppet in the Sesame Street,
9308but you may associate it with Wandering @result{} Drifting @result{}
9309Guidepost @result{} St.@: Elmo's fire @result{} elmo.
9310
9311@section Code Names
9312
9313Each versions has code names (they are almost jokes).
9314Currently they are picked up alphabetically from the top 40 hits of
9315U.S. Billboard magazines in 1980s.
9316
9317(@uref{http://ntl.matrix.com.br/pfilho/html/top40/})
9318
9319@node Index,  , Addition, Top
9320@unnumbered Index
9321
9322@menu
9323* Concept Index::               Concept Index
9324* Key Index::                   Key Index
9325* Variable Index::              Variable Index
9326* Function Index::              Function Index
9327@end menu
9328
9329@node Concept Index, Key Index, Index, Index
9330@unnumberedsec Concept Index
9331@printindex cp
9332
9333@node Key Index, Variable Index, Concept Index, Index
9334@unnumberedsec Key Index
9335@printindex ky
9336
9337@node Variable Index, Function Index, Key Index, Index
9338@unnumberedsec Variable Index
9339@printindex vr
9340
9341@node Function Index,  , Variable Index, Index
9342@unnumberedsec Function Index
9343@printindex fn
9344
9345@summarycontents
9346@contents
9347@bye
9348
9349@c Local Variables:
9350@c fill-column: 72
9351@c End:
9352